Avyakt murli for Sunday 26 February 1995

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.
0> > > >126-02-95 26-02-95 26-02-95 26-02-95ओम ōm ōm Omशान्ति śhānti śhānti peaceअव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktबापदादामधुबन bāpadādāmadhuban x x

0> > 26-02-95 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2संगमयुग saṅgamyug saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluence ageउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofयुग yug yug[x] ageहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]उत्सव utsav utsav[x] xमनाना manānā manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isअविनाशी avināśhī avināśhī[adj.] imperishableउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]

1To celebrate with festivity means to maintain imperishable zeal and enthusiasm.

3आज āj āj todayत्रिदेव रचता tridēv rachtā tridēv rachtā[x] xत्रिमूर्ति शिव trimūrti śhiv trimūrti śhiv[x] Trimurti Shivaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownरूहानी rūhānī rūhānī[adj.] spiritualडायमण्ड्स diamonds diamond diamondके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withआ ā ānā[root] come[root]डायमण्ड जुबली diamond jubilee diamond jubilee[x] xवा vā vā orडायमण्ड diamond diamond diamondजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]आये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

2Today, Trimurti Father Shiva, Tridev Rachta (the Creator of the Three Deities), has come to celebrate the diamond jubilee and the diamond birthday with His spiritual diamonds.

4इसी isī yah[pn.sg.hī] this[.hī]विचित्र vichitr vichitr[adj.] uniqueजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiको kō kō[postp.] toडायमण्ड diamond diamond diamondजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiकहते हो kahtē hō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] say[pres.pl.m.2]. . . . 5क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherअवतरित avatarit avatarit[adj.] xहोते hōtē hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]कौड़ी kauṛī kauṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] shellसमान samān samān[adj.] equalआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toहीरे hīrē hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] diamondतुल्य tulya tulya[adj.] as valuable asबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

3This unique birthday is called the diamond birthday because the Father incarnates to make the souls who are like shells become worth diamonds.

6यही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneवण्डरफुल wonderful wonderful wonderfulजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeकल्प kalp kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , सारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसबसे sabsē sabsē the mostन्यारी nyārī nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] uniqueऔर aur aur andप्यारी pyārī pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lovingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

4Throughout the kalpa, this is the only wonderful birthday which is the most unique and most lovely in the whole world.

7कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiमनाते हैं manātē haĩ manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key), , , , देहधारियों dēhdhāriyō̃ dēhdhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] bodily beingकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)जयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiमनाते हैं manātē haĩ manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 8लेकिन lēkin lēkin butयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisशिव śhiv śhiv Shivaजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiशरीरधारी śharīrdhārī śharīrdhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodily beingआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , निराकार nirākār nirākār[adj.] incorporealबिन्दु bindu bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] pointरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)जयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

5Whenever you celebrate any birthday, it is of the souls, of bodily beings, but this birthday of Shiva is not of any bodily being, it is the birthday of the Incorporeal Point. 6When you say Shiv Jayanti, what do you remember? 7What comes in front of you?

9शिव śhiv śhiv Shivaजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiकहने kahnē kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] say[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromज्योतिबिन्दु jyōtibindu jyōti bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] point of lightरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupही hī hī[p.] onlyसामने sāmnē sāmnē xआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

8Does any bodily being come in front of you? 9The form of the point of light appears, does it not?

10तो tō tō thenसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeकल्प kalp kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअशरीरी aśharīrī aśharīrī[adj.] bodilessपरम param param[adj.] Supremeआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)जयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमनाई manāī manānā[past-part.f.] celebrate[past-part.f.]जाती jātī jānā[pres-part.f.] go[pres-part.f.]. . . .

10Throughout the entire kalpa, you never celebrate the birthday of the bodiless Supreme Soul.

11एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyत्रिमूर्ति शिव trimūrti śhiv trimūrti śhiv[x] Trimurti Shivaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विचित्र vichitr vichitr[adj.] uniqueजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatअशरीरी aśharīrī aśharīrī[adj.] bodilessहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

11This is the only birthday of Trimurti Father Shiva, that is, of the bodiless being.

12और aur aur andयही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneशिव śhiv śhiv Shivaजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherऔर aur aur andबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] with­ ­ ­ ­साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

12And, this is the one Shiv Jayanti where it is the birthday of the children and the Father at the same time.

13आज āj āj todayसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)जयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]आये हो āyē hō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2]वा vā vā orब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]आये हो āyē hō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

13Today, have you come to celebrate just the birthday of the Father or have you also come to celebrate the birthday of the Brahmin souls?

14सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toबताते हो batātē hō batānā[pres.pl.m.2] tell[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatशिव śhiv śhiv Shivaजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)त्रिमूर्ति trimūrti trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.] Trimurtiजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayanti, , , , ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayanti, , , , तो tō tō thenइतनी itnī itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)परमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] with­ ­ ­ ­साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)जयन्ती-यह jayantī-yah x xविचित्र vichitr vichitr[adj.] uniqueहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

14You tell everyone that Shiv Jayanti means the Trimurti Jayanti and the Brahmin Jayanti. 15So to have a birthday of so many souls together with the Father is most unique. 16In the lokik world, the birthday of the child and the father would not be the same.

15लौकिक laukik laukik[adj.] worldlyरीति rīti rīti[n.f.;sg.] wayसे sē sē[postp.] fromबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayऔर aur aur andबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]. . . . 16दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayचाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअन्तर antar antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceपड़ जायेगा paṛ jāyēgā paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] fall[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]. . . .

17The date may be the same, but there would be a difference in the year. 18So you have reached here from so far away in order to celebrate such a lovely and unique birthday.

17तो tō tō thenऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchविचित्र vichitr vichitr[adj.] uniqueजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayanti, , , , न्यारी nyārī nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] uniqueऔर aur aur andप्यारी pyārī pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lovingजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]कहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ where­ ­ ­ ­कहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereसे sē sē[postp.] fromपहुँच गये हो pahũch gayē hō pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] !  !  !  !

19Why have you come from the corners of the world? 20Why have you come here? 21To celebrate your own birthday or the birthday of the Father?

18विश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कोने kōnē kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] corner­ ­ ­ ­कोने kōnē kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cornerसे sē sē[postp.] fromकिसलिए kisliē kisliē xआये हो āyē hō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ? 19अपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]या yā yā orबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?  ?  ?  ?

22Or of both? 23So, would you give congratulations to the Father or would the Father congratulate you?

20या yā yā orदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?  ?  ?  ? 21तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toमुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsदेंगे dēgē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]या yā yā orबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]देंगे dēgē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

24You give congratulations to the Father, and the Father says to you: Multi­million times congratulations.

22आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toकहते हो kahtē hō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] say[pres.pl.m.2]मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])और aur aur andबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]कहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]पदम padam padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] multimillion­ ­ ­ ­पदमगुणा padamguṇā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] multimillion-foldमुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

25Each Brahmin soul is even more valuable than a diamond. 26Those physical diamonds are nothing in front of you.

23एक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहीरे hīrē hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] diamondसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमूल्यवान mūlyavān mūlyavān[adj.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . . 24यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisस्थूल sthūl sthūl[adj.] physicalहीरा hīrā hīrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|hīrā[n.f.;sg.] (diamond|x)तो tō tō thenआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]आगे āgē āgē previouslyकुछ भी kuchh bhī kuchh bhī[x] anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

27Because there is value for diamonds in this world, you are said to be as valuable as diamonds, but what are diamonds compared to how valuable you are?

25इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisदुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहीरे hīrē hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] diamondका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofमूल्य mūlya mūlya[n.m.;sg.,d.] valueहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeहीरे hīrē hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] diamond­ ­ ­ ­जैसा jaisā jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likeकहा जाता है kahā jātā hai kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]). . . .

28Are they worth anything? 29Nothing at all! 30Those diamonds will be embedded in the walls of your palaces.

26लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]मूल्य mūlya mūlya[n.m.;sg.,d.] valueके आगे kē āgē kē āgē[x] in front ofहीरा hīrā hīrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|hīrā[n.f.;sg.] (diamond|x)क्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

31Each Brahmin soul is more valuable than the diamonds.

27कुछ भी kuchh bhī kuchh bhī[x] anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . . 28यही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisहीरे hīrē hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] diamondतो tō tō thenआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]महलों mahalō̃ mahal[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] palaceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , दीवारों dīvārō̃ dīvār[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] wallमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

32In all four directions, BapDada is seeing the children who are even more valuable than diamonds.

29हीरे hīrē hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] diamondसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreएक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

33It is not just the Madhuban gathering in front of BapDada, but the gathering of the Brahmin souls in all four directions.

30बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatहीरे hīrē hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] diamondसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअमूल्य amūlya amūlya[adj.] invaluableहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , सबको sabkō sabkō everythingसामने sāmnē sāmnē xदेख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

34Call it songs or words of greetings filled with love from the heart, Baba is listening to these very closely. 35The sound of the heart reaches the Comforter of Hearts in advance.

31बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके आगे kē āgē kē āgē[x] in front ofसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सभा sabhā sabhā[n.f.;sg.] courtनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सभा sabhā sabhā[n.f.;sg.] courtहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

36So BapDada was seeing that the practical proof of the service of the children is reaching the sweet home of the Father in Madhuban from all four directions.

32सबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveभरे bharē bharnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bharnā[opt.sg.23] (fill[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fill[opt.sg.23])गीत gīt gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकहो kahō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , बोल bōl bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] (x|speak[root])कहो kahō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeसे sē sē[postp.] fromसुन रहे हैं sun rahē haĩ sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . . 33दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseदिलाराम dilārām dilārām xके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)पहुँचता है pahuñchtā hai pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] reach[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

37Shiv Jayanti is known as a festival and only you Brahmins celebrate this festival accurately, because festivity means that everyone stays in zeal and enthusiasm.

34तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदेख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रत्यक्ष pratyakṣha pratyakṣh[adj.] visibleप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] (under)चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereसे sē sē[postp.] fromमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhuban, , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)स्वीट होम sweet home sweet home[x] sweet homeतक tak tak untilपहुँच रहा है pahũch rahā hai pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] reach[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . .

38Therefore, all those who are sitting here, whether you are sitting at the front, sitting at the back or in a corner, you are not in a corner, you are in Baba's heart. 39How much zeal and enthusiasm do each of you have in your heart?

35वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooशिव śhiv śhiv Shivaजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiको kō kō[postp.] toउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

40You have this, do you not? 41Is it eternal or only for today?

36यथार्थ yathārth yathārth[adj.] xरीति rīti rīti[n.f.;sg.] wayसे sē sē[postp.] fromउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminही hī hī[p.] onlyमनाते हो manātē hō manānā[pres.pl.m.2] celebrate[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

42Is it eternal? 43Or will it decrease slightly tomorrow?

37क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै-सर्व hai-sarva x xउत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasm­ ­ ­ ­उमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहें rahē̃ rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] remain[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

44Or will it decrease by the time you reach your own country? 45Will it decrease? 46So what will happen?

38तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबैठे हो baiṭhē hō baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2], , , , सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inउत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmऔर aur aur andउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

47Will it increase? 48This is why BapDada called this elevated confluence age the age of festivity.

39अविनाशी avināśhī avināśhī[adj.] imperishableहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orआज āj āj todayके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये है liyē hai lēnā[x] take[x] ?  ?  ?  ?

49Each day for you is filled with enthusiasm.

40अविनाशी avināśhī avināśhī[adj.] imperishableहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

50This is why each day is a festival.

41इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedसंगमयुग saṅgamyug saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluence ageको kō kō[postp.] toउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofयुग yug yug[x] ageकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 42हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

51Is it like this? 52Or is it that sometimes it is only a festival when there is a festival, for instance, just as today is Shiv Ratri?

43हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

53Is it like this?

44जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatगायन gāyan gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleटॉपिक topic topic topicरखते हो rakhtē hō rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] keep[pres.pl.m.2]‘ ‘ ‘ ‘अनेकता anēktā anēktā[n.f.;sg.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएकता ēktā ēktā[n.f.;sg.] unity’ ’ ’ ’तो tō tō thenप्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] land, , , , अनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyभाषायें bhāṣhāyē̃ bhāṣhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] language, , , , अनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rup­ ­ ­ ­रंग raṅg raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] (colour|x[root])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअनेकता anēktā anēktā[n.f.;sg.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएकता ēktā ēktā[n.f.;sg.] unityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

54There is the praise and you also have this topic "Unity in Diversity". 55Therefore, in a practical way, there are all the different lands, all the different languages, all the different forms and colors, but even amidst the diversity, what exists in each one's heart?

45क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

56There is unity, is there not?

46चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])अमेरिका America America Americaसे sē sē[postp.] fromआये हो āyē hō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2], , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])अफ्रीका aphrīkā aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Africaसे sē sē[postp.] fromआये हो āyē hō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

57Because the Father is one. 58Whether you have come from America or from Africa, what is in your heart? 59The one Father.

47एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneश्रीमत śhrīmat śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] shrimatपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)चलने chalnē chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] continue[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

60You are those who follow the shrimat of the One.

48तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toअच्छा लगता है achchhā lagtā hai achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] enjoyकि ki ki[conj.] thatअनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyभाषाओं bhāṣhāō̃ bhāṣhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] languageमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहोते hōtē hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofगीत gīt gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

61So BapDada likes the fact that whilst all of you have different languages, the song or language of the mind is the same.

49चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])किसी kisī kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] (anything|some)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooभाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , काला kālā kālā[x] uglyताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crownतो tō tō thenमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ( ( ( (सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allहेडफोन headphone headphone xसे sē sē[postp.] fromअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s own­ ­ ­ ­अपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownभाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसुन रहे हैं sun rahē haĩ sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]) ) ) ) , , , , अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowयही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisकाला kālā kālā[x] uglyताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crownबदलकर badalkar badalnā[abs.] change[abs.]गोल्डन golden golden goldenहो जायेगा hō jāyēgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]. . . .

62Whichever language you speak, you all have a black crown. 63You haven't received a golden crown but you have a black crown. 64(Headphones on each one's head.) 65These will now change and become golden.

50लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘मेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]बाबा bābā bābā Baba’ ’ ’ ’. . . .

66The language of everyone's mind is the same and of just one expression.

51सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allभाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबोलो bōlō bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]‘ ‘ ‘ ‘मेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]बाबा bābā bābā Baba’ ’ ’ ’. . . .

67What is this one expression? 68My Baba.

52हाँ hā̃ hā̃ yes, , , , यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

69This is only one word.

53तो tō tō thenअनेकता anēktā anēktā[n.f.;sg.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएकता ēktā ēktā[n.f.;sg.] unityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

70So there is unity in diversity.

54तो tō tō thenउत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसदा sadā sadā constantlyउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

71So to maintain your enthusiasm means to be an elevated soul who constantly celebrates with festivity.

55कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभी bhī bhī[p.] tooउत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोना चाहिये hōnā chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3]. . . .

72Your enthusiasm should never decrease.

56पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooसुनाया sunāyā sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] speak[past-part.m.sg.d.]था-ब्राह्मण thā-brāhmaṇ x xजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसांस sāns śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] breathingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]उमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasm. . . .

73You were told earlier also that the breath of Brahmin life is zeal and enthusiasm.

57अगर agar agar ifसांस sāns śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] breathingचला जाये chalā jāyē chalānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive])तो tō tō thenजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeसेकेण्ड second second secondमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finishedहो जायेगी hō jāyēgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

74If you stopped breathing, would you have life? 75You would be finished in one second, would you not?

58तो tō tō thenब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inयदि yadi yadi xउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसांस sāns śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] breathingनहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

76So, in Brahmin life too, if there isn't the breath of zeal and enthusiasm, then there is no Brahmin life. 77Even when you say it, your language sometimes changes.

59जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसदा sadā sadā constantlyउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23], , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatफलक phalak phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sparkle of intoxicationसे sē sē[postp.] fromकहेगा kahēgā kahnā[fut.m.sg.23] say[fut.m.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ही hī hī[p.] onlyउत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasm­ ­ ­ ­उमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

78Those who have zeal and enthusiasm would constantly say with spiritual intoxication that Brahmins are for zeal and enthusiasm.

60और aur aur andजिसका jiskā jō[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]उमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmकम हो जाता है kam hō jātā hai kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] decreaseउसके uskē uskā[pn.sg.kē] of that[.kē]बोल bōl bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] (x|speak[root])ही hī hī[p.] onlyबदल जाते हैं badal jātē haĩ badalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] change[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

79When someone's zeal and enthusiasm have decreased, his words change. 80What would he then say?

61वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatकहेगा-हैं kahēgā-haĩ x xतो tō tō thenसही sahī sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x… … … … , , , , होना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should… … … … , , , , हो जायेगा hō jāyēgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]… … … … तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageऔर aur aur andउस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatभाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soअन्तर antar antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

81"It's true, it should be like this; it will happen". 82So there is so much difference in this language and that language.

62उसके uskē uskā[pn.sg.kē] of that[.kē]हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])बोल bōl bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] (x|speak[root])में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in‘ ‘ ‘ ‘तो tō tō then’ ’ ’ ’जरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyहोगा-होना hōgā-hōnā x xतो tō tō thenचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should… … … … तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisजो jō jō[pn.;d.] that‘ ‘ ‘ ‘तो tō tō then­ ­ ­ ­तो tō tō then’ ’ ’ ’होता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅, , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रेशर pressure pressure pressureकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)होने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromही hī hī[p.] onlyऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchबोल bōl bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] (x|speak[root]), , , , कमज़ोरी kamzōrī kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] weaknessके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बोल निकलते हैं bōl nikaltē haĩ bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+nikalnā] speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+nikalnā]. . . .

83In the other language (of words), there will definitely be the words "It should be; they should be Brahmins, but.....". 84So when you use these words, "It should be, it should be" when the pressure of your zeal and enthusiasm has reduced, what words emerge?

63तो tō tō thenउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोना चाहिये hōnā chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3]. . . .

85Words of weakness emerge. 86Therefore, your zeal and enthusiasm should never decrease.

64उमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

87Why does your zeal and enthusiasm decrease?

65बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]सदा sadā sadā constantlyवाह vāh vāh wah!­ ­ ­ ­वाह vāh vāh wah!कहो kahō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]व्हाई why why x­ ­ ­ ­व्हाई why why x ( ( ( (W W W Wh h h hy y y y, , , , W W W Wh h h hy y y y) ) ) ) . . . .

88The first word that comes up in any circumstance is not "wah! wah!", but "why?"

66अगर agar agar ifकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inव्हाई why why xशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordआ जाता है ā jātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रेशर pressure pressure pressureकम हो जाता है kam hō jātā hai kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] decrease. . . .

89BapDada says that you have to say "Wah wah", and others say "why? why?". 90If the word "why" comes up, the pressure of zeal and enthusiasm decreases.

67बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅अगले aglē aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nextसाल sāl sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearभी bhī bhī[p.] tooविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialडबल double double doubleफारेनर्स foreigners foreigner foreignerको kō kō[postp.] toकहा था kahā thā kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] say[past-perf.m.sg.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatव्हाई why why xशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordको kō kō[postp.] toब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminडिक्शनरी dictionary dictionary xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचेंज change change changeकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , जब jab jab whenव्हाई why why xशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])तो tō tō thenफ्लाय fly fly flyशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordयाद रखो yād rakhō yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] rememberतो tō tō thenव्हाई why why xखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finishedहो जायेगा hō jāyēgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]. . . .

91Last year also, BapDada especially told the double foreigners to change the word "why" in the Brahmin dictionary. 92When the word "why" comes up, remember the word "fly" and the word "why" will then finish.

68कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesछोटी chhōṭī chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] smallभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजब jab jab whenबड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryलगती है lagtī hai lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] x[pres.sg.f.23]तो tō tō thenव्हाई why why xशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordआता ātā ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] come[pres-part.m.sg.d.]है-ये hai-yē x xक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ why, , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisक्या kyā kyā what… … … … और aur aur andफ्लाय fly fly flyकर लो kar lō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā]तो tō tō thenपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesक्या kyā kyā whatहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

93When any insignificant circumstances seem to be very big, the word "why" comes up; "Why is this like this? 94Why is that like that?" 95And, when you begin to fly, what happens to the circumstance?

69छोटा chhōṭā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] small­ ­ ­ ­साखिलौना sākhilaunā x x. . . .

96It becomes a small toy.

70तो tō tō thenजब jab jab whenभी bhī bhī[p.] tooव्हाई why why xशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआवे āvē ānā[opt.sg.23] come[opt.sg.23]तो tō tō thenकहो kahō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminडिक्शनरी dictionary dictionary xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inव्हाई why why xशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , फ्लाय fly fly flyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

97So whenever the word, "why" comes up in your mind, say to yourself, "This word, 'why' does not exist in the Brahmin dictionary; instead, it's the word "fly".

71क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseव्हाई why why x­ ­ ­ ­व्हाई why why x, , , , हाय hāy hāy Hai!­ ­ ­ ­हाय hāy hāy Hai!करा देता है karā dētā hai karānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] make commit[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]. . . .

98Are you able to do this, or are you only able to listen to this?

72बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toहंसी hansī hãsnā[past-part.f.] laugh out[past-part.f.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23], , , , एक तरफ ēk taraph ēk taraph[x] xकहेंगे-नहीं kahēṅgē-nahī̃ x x, , , , हमारे hamārē ham[pn.pl.kē] we[.kē]जैसा jaisā jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likeश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकिसका kiskā kaun[pn.sg.kā] who[.kā]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

99From the copper age you have been saying "why? why?". 100Why, why makes you hai hai (cry out in distress).

73अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] now­ ­ ­ ­अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] now­ ­ ­ ­अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowउत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmकम हुआ kam huā kam hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] decreaseतो tō tō thenकहेंगे-पता kahēṅgē-patā x xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xही hī hī[p.] onlyऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  ! 74मेरे mērē maĩ[pn.sg.kē] I[.kē]भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  ! 75तो tō tō thenहाय hāy hāy Hai!­ ­ ­ ­हाय hāy hāy Hai!हो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

101BapDada is amused, because, on the one hand, you say, "No one's fortune is as elevated as mine"; one minute, you will say this, and as soon as your enthusiasm decreases, you say, "I don't know, my fortune is like this, I only have this much in my fortune".

76तो tō tō thenजब jab jab whenभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहाय hāy hāy Hai!­ ­ ­ ­हाय hāy hāy Hai!का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनजारा najārā nazārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sceneआवे āvē ānā[opt.sg.23] come[opt.sg.23]तो tō tō thenवाह vāh vāh wah!­ ­ ­ ­वाह vāh vāh wah!कर लो kar lō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā]तो tō tō thenनजारा najārā nazārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sceneभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबदल जायेगा badal jāyēgā badalnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] change[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]और aur aur andआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबदल जायेंगे badal jāyēṅgē badalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] change[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . . 77डबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerआजकल ājkal ājkal nowadays‘ ‘ ‘ ‘पॉजिटिवथिंकिंग pôjiṭivathiṅkiṅg x x’ ’ ’ ’का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकोर्स course course courseकराते हो karātē hō karānā[pres.pl.m.2] make commit[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

102And so, this is crying out in distress, is it not? 103So when any scene of "hai hai" comes in front of you, say instead, "wah wah", and the scene will change and you will also change.

78सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialकोर्स course course courseयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisकराते हो karātē hō karānā[pres.pl.m.2] make commit[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

104Double foreigners give a course; what course do you give nowadays?

79तो tō tō thenअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकराते हो karātē hō karānā[pres.pl.m.2] make commit[pres.pl.m.2]या yā yā orदूसरों dūsrō̃ dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] otherको kō kō[postp.] toकराते हो karātē hō karānā[pres.pl.m.2] make commit[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

105Positive thinking. 106Do all of you in the foreign lands especially give this course?

80जिस समय jis samay jis samay[x] xकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesआ जाये ā jāyē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]तो tō tō thenअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toही hī hī[p.] onlyस्टूडेण्ड student student studentबनाकर banākar banānā[abs.] create[abs.], , , , खुद khud khud oneselfही hī hī[p.] onlyटीचर teacher teacher teacherबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisकोर्स course course courseकराओ karāō karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

107Do you give it to yourself, or to others? 108At any time, when such circumstances arise, make yourself a student, be your own teacher and give this course to yourself.

81अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toकरा सकते हो karā saktē hō karānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] make commit[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]या yā yā orसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherको kō kō[postp.] toकरा सकते हो karā saktē hō karānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] make commit[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

109Are you able to give this course to yourself or are you only able to give it to others?

82दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherको kō kō[postp.] toकराना karānā karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] make commit[inf.m.sg.d.]सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

110It is easy to give it to others.

83जब jab jab whenयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisनेचुरल natural natural naturalस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageहो जाये hō jāyē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])व्यक्ति vyakti vyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterको kō kō[postp.] toपॉजिटिव positive positive positiveवृत्ति vr̥itti vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] attitudeसे sē sē[postp.] fromदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , सुनो sunō sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]या yā yā orसोचो sōchō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenकैसी kaisī kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] howस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageरहेगी rahēgī rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] remain[fut.f.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

111When it becomes your natural stage to see, to listen to and to think of any person or any matter with a positive attitude, what will your stage be like?

84आजकल ājkal ājkal nowadaysके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)साइन्स science science scienceद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughभी bhī bhī[p.] tooऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesनिकले हैं nikalē haĩ nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatरफ rough rough roughमाल māl māl[n.m.;sg.,d.] rich foodको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryसुन्दर sundar sundar[adj.] xरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबदल देते हैं badal dētē haĩ badalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] change[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā]. . . .

112Nowadays, through science, they have such facilities through which they are able to give rough things a very beautiful appearance. 113Have you seen this?

85देखा है dēkhā hai dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] see[pres-perf.sg.m.23]ना-क्या nā-kyā x xसे sē sē[postp.] fromक्या kyā kyā whatबना देते हैं banā dētē haĩ banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] !  !  !  !

114They change one thing into something completely different.

86तो tō tō thenआपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]वृत्ति vr̥itti vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] attitudeक्या kyā kyā whatऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchपरिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर kar karnā[root] do[root]सकती saktī saknā[pres-part.f.] can[pres-part.f.] ?  ?  ?  ?

115So can your attitude not bring about such transformation?

87आवे āvē ānā[opt.sg.23] come[opt.sg.23]निगेटिव negative negative negativeरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलेकिन lēkin lēkin butआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youनिगेटिव negative negative negativeको kō kō[postp.] toपॉजिटिव positive positive positiveवृत्ति vr̥itti vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] attitudeसे sē sē[postp.] fromबदल दो badal dō badalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] change[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā]. . . .

116Something may come up in a negative form, but with a positive attitude you change the negative into positive.

88अगर agar agar ifहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenउसका uskā vah[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseहै-निगेटिव hai-nigēṭiv x xसुनना sunnā sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] listen[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , सोचना sōchnā sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] think[inf.m.sg.d.]वा vā vā orबोलना bōlnā bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] speak[inf.m.sg.d.]या yā yā orकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

117When you come into fluctuation, the reason is because of listening to, thinking of, speaking of, or doing something negative.

89ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisमॉडल model model[n.m.;sg.,d.] modelबनाते हो banātē hō banānā[pres.pl.m.2] create[pres.pl.m.2]ना-न nā-n x xसोचो sōchō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , न na na[neg] notदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , न na na[neg] notबोलो bōlō bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , न na na[neg] notकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

118Do not think, speak, listen to or do anything negative.

90साइलेन्स silence silence silenceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)पॉवर power power powerक्या kyā kyā whatनिगेटिव negative negative negativeको kō kō[postp.] toपॉजिटिव positive positive positiveमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबदल badal badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] (x|change[root])सकती saktī saknā[pres-part.f.] can[pres-part.f.] !  !  !  !

119Can the power of silence not change something negative into positive?

91आपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindऔर aur aur andबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchबन जाये ban jāyē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatनिगेटिव negative negative negativeटच touch touch touchनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23], , , , सेकण्ड second second secondमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपरिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationहो जाये hō jāyē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

120Your mind and intellect should become such that they do not touch anything negative. 121There should be transformation in a second.

92ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchतीव्र tīvr tīvr[adj.] intenseगति gati gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] speedकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)अनुभूति anubhūti anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] experienceकर सकते हो kar saktē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

122Can you experience such a fast speed?

93मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindऔर aur aur andबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchतीव्र tīvr tīvr[adj.] intenseगति gati gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] speedका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofयन्त्र yantra yantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentबन जाये ban jāyē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

123The mind and the intellect should become such fast weapons.

94बन सकता है ban saktā hai bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] become[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]कि ki ki[conj.] thatटाइम time time timeलगेगा lagēgā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] x[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

124Can they become this, or will it take time?

95कि ki ki[conj.] thatनिगेटिव negative negative negativeबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23]तो tō tō thenकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortसोचने sōchnē sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] think[inf.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]), , , , देखें dēkhē̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] see[opt.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenसही sahī sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xक्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

125Or, when something negative comes up, will you say, "Let me think about it a little, let me see what it is."?

96क्विक स्पीड quick speed quick speed[x] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromपरिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])जाये-इसको jāyē-isakō x xकहा जाता है kahā jātā hai kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive])ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofमजा majā mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pleasure, , , , मौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasure. . . .

126When transformation takes place quickly, it is known as the pleasure and enjoyment of Brahmin life.

97अगर agar agar ifजीना है jīnā hai jīnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] live[pres.sg.23.oblig1]तो tō tō thenमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureसे sē sē[postp.] fromजीयें jīyē̃ jīnā[opt.pl.12hon3] live[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

127If you want to live, live with enjoyment.

98सोच sōch sōchnā[root] think[root]­ ­ ­ ­सोचकर sōchkar sōchnā[abs.] think[abs.]जीना jīnā jīnā[inf.m.sg.d.] live[inf.m.sg.d.]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatजीना jīnā jīnā[inf.m.sg.d.] live[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

128To live a life with a lot of thinking is not living.

99आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersको kō kō[postp.] toकहते हो kahtē hō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] say[pres.pl.m.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatराजयोग rājyōg rājyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] Raja Yogaजीने jīnē jīnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] live[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कला kalā kalā[n.f.;sg.] degreeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

129You tell other people what Raja Yoga is; that it is the art of living.

100तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleराजयोगी rājyōgī rājyōgī[adj.] Raja Yogiजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

130Do you tell this to everyone? 131So, who are all of you?

101कि ki ki[conj.] thatकहने kahnē kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] say[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

132You are the Raja Yogis, are you not?

102जब jab jab whenराजयोग rājyōg rājyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] Raja Yogaजीने jīnē jīnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] live[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कला kalā kalā[n.f.;sg.] degreeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenराजयोगियों rājyōgiyō̃ rājyōgī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Raja Yogiकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कला kalā kalā[n.f.;sg.] degreeक्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

133You are the ones with this life, are you not? 134Or, are you the ones who simply tell others about it?

103यही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 104तो tō tō thenउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xमनाना manānā manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

135Since Raja Yoga is the art of living, what is the art of the Raja Yogis?

105मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , तन tan tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationship­ ­ ­ ­सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in. . . .

136It is this, is it not? 137Therefore, to celebrate a festival means to stay in pleasure.

106कई kaī kaī someबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownरीति rīti rīti[n.f.;sg.] wayसे sē sē[postp.] fromतो tō tō thenठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKरहते हैं rahtē haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहते हैं rahtē haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationship­ ­ ­ ­सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहें rahē̃ rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] remain[opt.pl.12hon3], , , , यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

138The mind is in pleasure, the body is in pleasure, the relationships and contacts are in pleasure. 139Many children say, "I'm O.K. by myself, I'm enjoying myself, but within relationships and contacts, there is enjoyment only sometimes.

107लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationship­ ­ ­ ­सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xही hī hī[p.] onlyआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]स्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपेपर paper paper paperहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

140However, the relationships and contacts are a test paper of your stage.

108यदि yadi yadi xस्टूडेण्ट student student studentकहे kahē kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23])वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xतो tō tō thenमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iपास विद् ऑनर pass with honour pass with honour[x] pass with honoursहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butपेपर paper paper paperके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)टाइम time time timeमार्क्स marks mark markकम हो जाती है kam hō jātī hai kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] decreaseतो tō tō thenऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchको kō kō[postp.] toक्या kyā kyā whatकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

141So if a student says, "I have passed with honor", but at the time of taking a test paper, he gets less marks, what would you say for such a student? 142You are not like that, are you?

109तो tō tō thenऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

143You have passed fully, have you not?

110फुल पास full pass full pass[x] pass fullyहोने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

144You are those who are going to pass fully, are you not?

111बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅सुनाया है sunāyā hai sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसदा sadā sadā constantlyबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toरहते हैं rahtē haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatपास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

145Are you this or are you going to become this? 146What are you? 147The teachers are sitting at the front; what would you say?

112पास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरहते rahtē rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenपास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

148Are you this or are you going to become this? 149Pandavs speak!

113तो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereरहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

150Are you this or are you going to become this?

114दूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantरहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2], , , , पास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2] !  !  !  ! 115डबल double double doubleविदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerको kō kō[postp.] toतो tō tō thenडबल double double doubleपास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)होना चाहिये hōnā chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

151You are not! 152Achcha, you aren't those who have passed with honor, but have you passed? 153Have you passed or do you still have to pass?

116अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . . 117तो tō tō thenडबल double double doubleविदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerने nē nē[postp.] ∅इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xहाइ hāi x xजम्प jump jump jumpलगा दी है lagā dī hai lagnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] (x[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]). . . .

154Or, is it that you have passed but that you still have to pass with honor? 155What would you say?

118मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहाई जम्प high jump high jump[x] high jumpलगाकर lagākar lagānā[abs.] attach[abs.]पहुँच गये हैं pahũch gayē haĩ pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

156You're thinking about it? 157Baba is not receiving an enthusiastic answer.

119 ( ( ( (इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisबार bār bār[n.f.;sg.] timeहर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])वर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearसे sē sē[postp.] fromज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreसंख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inडबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanपहुँचे pahũchē pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] reach[past-part.m.pl.,o.]हुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]) ) ) ) अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , डबल double double doubleविदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकइयों kaiyō̃ kaī someको kō kō[postp.] toपटरानी paṭrānī paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofचांस chance chance chanceतो tō tō thenअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

158BapDada has told you that those who constantly remain close (pass) to the Father have passed. 159If you do not stay close, then you have not passed. 160So where do you constantly stay? 161You're staying far away, you're not staying close.

120पटरानी paṭrānī paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमजा majā mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pleasureहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

162You are thinking too much, you are not giving the correct response.

121आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोगों lōgō̃ log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] peopleकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)तो tō tō thenअटैची aṭaichī aṭaichī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xइतनी itnī itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatउस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)ही hī hī[p.] onlyसो सकते हैं sō saktē haĩ sōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] sleep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]. . . .

163You are thinking that perhaps you might get caught out. 164Double foreigners should be double pass.

122क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryलाते हैं lātē haĩ lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneछोटी chhōṭī chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] smallलाते हैं lātē haĩ lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , तो tō tō thenछोटी chhōṭī chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] smallको kō kō[postp.] toतकिया takiyā takiyā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

165Achcha, those sitting at the back; have you passed? 166You're raising your hands. 167On whom does Baba's vision fall the most?

123जगह jagah jagah[n.f.;sg.] xबच जायेगी bach jāyēgī bachnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] x[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

168Those sitting at the back.

124अच्छा लगता है achchhā lagtā hai achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] enjoyबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसीन scene scene sceneदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] howभारी bhārī bhārī[adj.] heavy­ ­ ­ ­भारी bhārī bhārī[adj.] heavyअटैचियाँ aṭaichiyā̃ aṭaichī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] xघसीट ghasīṭ ghasīṭnā[root] x[root]कर kar karnā[root] do[root]ला रहे हैं lā rahē haĩ lānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] !  !  !  !

169Look, for those sitting at the front, Baba has to do this (look down), whereas for those far back, Baba can see straight ahead. 170Double foreigners have taken a high jump this time.

125अच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaसीन scene scene sceneलगती है lagtī hai lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] x[pres.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

171You have taken a high jump and reached Madhuban.

126संगम saṅgam saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluenceपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortभी bhī bhī[p.] tooथोड़े thōṛē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] shortसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)तो tō tō thenप्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]दासी dāsī dāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] maidहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]तो tō tō thenदासियाँ dāsiyā̃ dāsī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] maidभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryहोंगी hōṅgī hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] be[fut.f.pl.12hon3]. . . .

172Achcha, even some of the double foreigners have had a good chance of becoming the Patranis this time (queens of the floor). 173Whoever has become a Patrani, raise your hand.

127फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]सामान sāmān sāmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] goodsउठाने uṭhānē uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)जरूरत jarūrat jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] needनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

174Who have become Patranis? 175Is there pleasure in becoming a Patrani?

128अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomस्थापन sthāpan sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] establishmentहो रहा है hō rahā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] be[pres.sg.m.prog.23], , , , इस समय is samay is samay[x] at this timeगुप्त gupta gupt[adj.] incognitoवेश vēśh vēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , सेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)राज्य अधिकारी rājya adhikārī rājya adhikārī[x] masterबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

176Is there? 177You have such big suitcases that you can actually sleep on them. 178You bring one big suitcase and one small one and so the small one can become your pillow and you can save space. 179It seems good.

129तो tō tō thenसेवाधारियों sēvādhāriyō̃ sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] serverको kō kō[postp.] toतो tō tō thenसब sab sab[adj.] allप्रकार prakār prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] formकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरनी पड़ती है karnī paṛtī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2]. . . .

180BapDada sees the scenes of how you drag such big suitcases. 181It is a good scene, is it not?

130जितनी jitnī jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] the moreअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतन tan tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] body, , , , मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mind, , , , धन dhan dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] wealthऔर aur aur andसम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]उतना utnā utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xही hī hī[p.] onlyवहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereसेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverमिलेंगे milē̃gē milnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] receive[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

182At the confluence age, this effort is only for a short time, and then matter will be your servant and you will have other servants too.

131सबसे sabsē sabsē the mostपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisप्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पांच pāñch pañch[adj.] fiveही hī hī[p.] onlyतत्व tatva tatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] elementआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]सेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

183Later, there will be no need for you to pick up your luggage. 184Your kingdom is now being established.

132अपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdom­ ­ ­ ­भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xस्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  ! 133कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xराज्य अधिकारी rājya adhikārī rājya adhikārī[x] masterबने हैं banē haĩ bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !  !  !  !

185At present, you are in an incognito form; you are servers, and then you will be the rulers.

134अनगिनत anginat anginat[x] countlessबार bār bār[n.f.;sg.] timeबने हैं banē haĩ bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andबनते bantē bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyरहेंगे rahē̃gē rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

186Servers have to do all types of service.

135लेकिन lēkin lēkin butराज्य अधिकारी rājya adhikārī rājya adhikārī[x] masterसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअब ab ab[adv.] nowका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

187The more service you do now through your body, mind, wealth and relations, the more servers you will receive.

136क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherऔर aur aur andबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

188First of all, all the five elements of matter will become your servers.

137चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])किसी kisī kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] (anything|some)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooप्रकार prakār prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] formकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रत्यक्षफल pratyakṣhaphal pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] xअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowमिलता है miltā hai milnā[pres.sg.m.23] receive[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

189You have the fortune of your kingdom in your awareness, do you not? 190How many times have you become such great rulers?

138बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] love, , , , सहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationऔर aur aur andबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughमिले milē milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23])हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]खज़ाने khazānē khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] treasureप्रत्यक्षफल pratyakṣhaphal pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)रूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमिलते हैं miltē haĩ milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

191You have become this countless times and you will continue to become this. 192However, the life of being a server now is even more elevated than the life of a ruler.

139जब jab jab whenभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]और aur aur andयुक्तियुक्त yuktiyukt yuktiyukt[adj.] tactfulसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23] !  !  !  !

193It is elevated, is it not? 194Because, at the present time, the Father and the children are together.

140उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)चेहरे chēhrē chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] faceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफोटो phōṭō photo photographनिकालो nikālō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenकैसा kaisā kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] howहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23] !  !  !  !

195No matter what type of service it is, you receive the practical, instant fruit of service now.

141तो tō tō thenएक तरफ ēk taraph ēk taraph[x] xसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2], , , , दूसरे तरफ dūsrē taraph dūsrē taraph[x] xप्रत्यक्षफल pratyakṣhaphal pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]सदा sadā sadā constantlyतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

196And the practical, visible fruit is the Father's love, co­operation and the treasures you receive from the Father.

142एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneहाथ hāth hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] handसे sē sē[postp.] fromसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherहाथ hāth hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] handसे sē sē[postp.] fromफल phal phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] fruitखाओ-ऐसे khāō-aisē x xअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

197Whenever you do any special service whilst being yuktiyukt, there is so much happiness.

143कि ki ki[conj.] thatसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 144सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]या yā yā orनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

198What is your face like when a picture is taken of you at that moment?

145कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]. . . . 146ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalही hī hī[p.] onlyपरिपक्व paripakva paripakva[adj.] matureबनाती है banātī hai banānā[pres.sg.f.23] create[pres.sg.f.23], , , , अनुभवी anubhavī anubhavī[adj.] experiencedबनाती है banātī hai banānā[pres.sg.f.23] create[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

199On the one hand, you do service and on the other hand, the practical, visible fruit is ready for you.

147हलचलमें halacalamē̃ x xइसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeआते हो ātē hō ānā[pres.pl.m.2] come[pres.pl.m.2]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyवर्तमान vartamān vartamān[adj.] presentको kō kō[postp.] toदेखते हो dēkhtē hō dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] see[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

200To do service with one hand and eat the fruit with the other; do you have this experience?

148लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवर्तमान vartamān vartamān[adj.] presentमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inछिपा chhipā chhipnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chhipānā[root] (secretly[past-part.m.sg.d.]|hide[root])हुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]भविष्य bhaviṣhya bhaviṣhya[adj.] futureजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatस्पष्ट spaṣhṭ spaṣhṭ[adj.] clearlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदिखाई देता है dikhāī dētā hai dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] be visible, , , , इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआ जाते हैं ā jātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

201Or does service take a lot of effort? 202Is there fluctuation in service or not? 203There is fluctuation sometimes. 204This fluctuation makes you strong, it makes you experienced.

149कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneबड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryते tē sē fromबड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryनाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesवास्तव में vāstav mē̃ vāstav mē̃[x] xआगे āgē āgē previouslyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]बहुत bahut bahut veryबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryपाठ pāṭh pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lessonपढ़ाती है paṛhātī hai paṛhānā[pres.sg.f.23] teach[pres.sg.f.23], , , , परिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatआपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]टीचर teacher teacher teacherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

205You come into fluctuation because you only see the present time. 206However, the future that is hidden in the present is not clearly visible and therefore you come into fluctuation.

150उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatनजर najar nazar[n.f.;sg.] glanceसे sē sē[postp.] fromदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesने nē nē[postp.] ∅क्या kyā kyā whatपाठ pāṭh pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lessonपढ़ाया paṛhāyā paṛhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] teach[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ? 151इसको iskō yah[pn.sg.kō] this[.kō]कहा जाता है kahā jātā hai kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive])निगेटिव negative negative negativeको kō kō[postp.] toपॉजिटिव positive positive positiveमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपरिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

207Any major, delicate situation comes in fact to teach you a very important lesson for the future; it is not just a situation, but it is your teacher.

152सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesको kō kō[postp.] toदेखते हो dēkhtē hō dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] see[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenघबरा जाते हो ghabrā jātē hō ghabrānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] be afraid[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]. . . .

208See it with the vision of what lesson that situation is teaching you.

153और aur aur andपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughसदा sadā sadā constantlyनये nayē nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] new­ ­ ­ ­नये nayē nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] newरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupसे sē sē[postp.] fromआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

209This is known as changing the negative into positive. 210When you simply look at the situation, you become afraid.

154वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23], , , , जिस jis jō[pn.sg.o.] thatरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआ चुकी है ā chukī hai ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+cuknā] come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+cuknā], , , , उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23]. . . . 155नये nayē nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] newरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

211And the situations will always come in new forms of Maya. 212She will not come in the same form as she has already come before; she will not come in the same form.

156तो tō tō thenउसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]घबरा ghabrā ghabrānā[root] be afraid[root]जाते jātē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-ये haĩ-yē x xतो tō tō thenनई naī nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] newबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should… … … … . . . .

213She comes in a new form, and so you become afraid of that. 214"This is something new; I cannot do this". 215It should not be like this.

157लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसमझ लो samajh lō samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaअन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endतक tak tak untilबहुरूपी bahurūpī bahurūpī, bahurūp[adj.] with many formsबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])बहुरूप bahurūp bahurūpī, bahurūp[adj.] with many formsदिखायेगी dikhāyēgī dikhānā[fut.f.sg.23] x[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

216Understand that Maya will come as one who adopts many different forms until the end.

158माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaको kō kō[postp.] toबहुरूपी bahurūpī bahurūpī, bahurūp[adj.] with many formsबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]बहुत bahut bahut veryजल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyऔर aur aur andअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

217Maya knows how to become very easily and quickly one who adopts many different forms.

159जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeआपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]स्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅वैसी vaisī vaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesबनाकर banākar banānā[abs.] create[abs.]आयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

218Whatever your stage is, she will create a situation according to that and come to you.

160आज āj āj todayमानो mānō mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xअलबेले albēlē albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] carelessजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooउसी usī vah[pn.sg.hī] that[.hī]अलबेले albēlē albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] carelessपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)रूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

219If, for instance, you have become a little careless in your life today, Maya would also come into the situation in that careless form.

161आज āj āj todayमूड mood|mūḍ mood|mūṛnā[root] (mood|scalp[root])थोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortऑफ of|off of|off (of|x)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeहोनी चाहिये hōnī chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3]वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , तो tō tō thenमूड ऑफ mood off mood off[x] off-moodकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)परिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)रूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inही hī hī[p.] onlyआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

220If your mood is a little off today, if it is not like it should be, then Maya would come into the situation with an "off­mood". 221Then you think: Well, I was thinking about this before too; so what happened?

162फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)सोचते हैं sōchtē haĩ sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] think[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)ही hī hī[p.] onlyमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iसोच sōch sōchnā[root] think[root]रही थी rahī thī rahnā[past-perf.f.] remain[past-perf.f.]फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisक्या kyā kyā whatहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

222This is why, in order to see and know Maya, become trikaldarshi and trinetri.

163इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaको kō kō[postp.] toदेखने dēkhnē dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , जानने jānnē jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] know[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]त्रिकालदर्शीऔर trikāladarśīaur x xत्रिनेत्री trinētrī trinētrī[x] trinetriबनो banō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

223Become trinetri in being able to see what is in front of you, what is behind you and what is beside you.

164आगे āgē āgē previously, , , , पीछे pīchhē pīchhē x, , , , सामने sāmnē sāmnē xत्रिनेत्री trinētrī trinētrī[x] trinetriबनो banō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

224All of you are trikaldarshi and trinetri, are you not?

165आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allत्रिनेत्री trinētrī trinētrī[x] trinetriऔर aur aur andत्रिकालदर्शी trikāldarśhī trikāldarśhī[adj.] trikaldarshiहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

225Are the double foreigners trikaldarshi? 226Yes or no? 227Yes.

166डबल double double doubleफॉरेनर्सत्रिकालदर्शी phôrēnarsatrikāladarśī x xहैं-यस haĩ-yas x xया yā yā orनो know|no know|no (x) ?  ?  ?  ?

228What do those of the other languages say? 229Are you saying "Ha ji" too?

167सब sab sab[adj.] allबोलो-हाँ bōlō-hā̃ x xजी jī jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji)या yā yā orना जी nā jī nā jī[x] no. . . .

230So every one speak: Ha ji or na ji? 231(Ha ji).

168 ( ( ( (हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yes) ) ) ) अपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownभाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageसे sē sē[postp.] fromतो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaबोलते हो bōltē hō bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] speak[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

232You say this much better than in your own language. 233Are all of you happy?

169सब sab sab[adj.] allखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

234(Ha ji).

170 ( ( ( (हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yes) ) ) ) इतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchबड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryसंगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमजा majā mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pleasureआ रहा है ā rahā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

235Now you have learnt how to say Ha ji. 236Are you enjoying yourself in such a big gathering?

171 ( ( ( (हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yes) ) ) ) कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] some­ ­ ­ ­कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसोच रहे हैं sōch rahē haĩ sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatअगले aglē aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nextवर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearरश raś x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortपीछे pīchhē pīchhē xआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

237(Ha ji.) 238Some of you are not thinking that, perhaps, next year you will not come amidst such a rush, that you will come a little later, are you?

172संगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofमजा majā mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pleasureभी bhī bhī[p.] tooप्यारा pyārā pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lovingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

239The enjoyment of the gathering is also lovely.

173वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xआना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)तो tō tō thenप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] (under)ही hī hī[p.] only, , , , ज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआदत ādat ādat[n.f.;sg.] habitऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchहोनी चाहिये hōnī chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसबमें sabmē̃ sabmē̃ xएडजस्ट ēḍajasṭa x xकर सके kar sakē karnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] do[opt.sg.23.root+saknā]. . . .

240Come according to the programme; too many should not come, but your habit should be such that you are able to adjust to everything.

174एडजस्ट ēḍajasṭa x xकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)पॉवर power power powerसदा sadā sadā constantlyविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious बना देती है banā dētī hai bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]). . . .

241The power to adjust constantly makes you victorious.

175ब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toदेखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childसे sē sē[postp.] fromबच्चा bachchā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] childबनकर bankar bannā[abs.] become[abs.]एडजस्ट ēḍajasṭa x xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])जाता jātā jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.], , , , बड़ों baṛō̃ baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] veryसे sē sē[postp.] fromबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryबनकर bankar bannā[abs.] become[abs.]एडजस्ट ēḍajasṭa x xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])जाता jātā jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

242You saw father Brahma: with the children, he would become a child and adjust himself. 243He would become an adult with the adults and adjust himself.

176चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])बेगरी लाइफ beggary life beggary life[x] beggary life, , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])साधनों sādhanō̃ sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] facilitiesकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)लाइफ life life life, , , , दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएडजस्ट ēḍajasṭa x xहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happiness­ ­ ­ ­खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessसे sē sē[postp.] fromहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , सोचकर sōchkar sōchnā[abs.] think[abs.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

244Whether it is a "beggary" life or a life with all the comforts, you should be able to adjust yourself to both hand with happiness, not after thinking about it.

177यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereदुःखी duḥkhī duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy)तो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोते हो hōtē hō hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] be[pres.pl.m.2]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बजाय bajāy bajāē xथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortसोच sōch sōchnā[root] think[root]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपड़ paṛ paṛnā[root] fall[root]जाते jātē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हो-ये hō-yē x xक्या kyā kyā whatहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , कैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] howहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]… … … … . . . .

245You do not become unhappy here, but instead of experiencing happiness, you begin to think about it a little. 246"What happened? 247How did it happen?"

178तो tō tō thenसोचने sōchnē sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] think[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toएडजस्ट ēḍajasṭa x xहोने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)मजे majē mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकुछ kuchh kuchh anythingसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeलग जाता है lag jātā hai lagnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

248Those who think too much take time to experience the pleasure of adjusting themselves.

179अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatकैसी kaisī kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] howभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])अच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])हिलाने hilānē hilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] make fluctuate[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butहर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] time, , , , हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])सरकमस्टांस circumstance circumstance circumstancesके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)अन्दर andar andar insideअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toएडजस्ट ēḍajasṭa x xकर सकते हैं kar saktē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

249Check yourself: No matter what the circumstances are, whether they are good or those that make you fluctuate, are you able to adjust yourself at every moment to every circumstance?

180डबल double double doubleफॉरेनर्स foreigners foreigner foreignerको kō kō[postp.] toअकेलापन akēlāpan akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छा लगता है achchhā lagtā hai achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] enjoyऔर aur aur andकम्पैनियन companion companion xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaलगते हैं lagtē haĩ lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

250Double foreigners like being alone and they also like companions very much.

181लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकम्पनी company company companyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या yā yā orअकेले akēlē akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aloneहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएडजस्ट ēḍajasṭa x xहोना-ये hōnā-yē x xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] life. . . .

251However, whether you are in someone's company or alone, Brahmin life is being able to adjust yourself to both.

182ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't that, , , , संगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])और aur aur andमाथा māthā māthā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xभारी bhārī bhārī[adj.] heavyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])जाये-नहीं jāyē-nahī̃ x x, , , , मुझे mujhē maĩ[pn.sg.kō] I[.kō]एकान्त ēkānt ēkānt[n.m.;sg.,d.] solitudeचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should, , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisघमसान ghamsān ghamsān[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , मुझे mujhē maĩ[pn.sg.kō] I[.kō]अकेला akēlā akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aloneचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should… … … … . . . .

252It should not be that within a gathering, your head becomes heavy and you say: "No, I prefer to be in solitude. 253I don't like this chaos. 254I need to be alone."

183मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindअकेला akēlā akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aloneअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isबाहरमुखता bāharmukhtā bāharmukhtā[n.f.;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromअन्तर्मुख antarmukh antarmukh[x] introvertedमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचले जाओ chalē jāō chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive] (continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive])तो tō tō thenअकेलापन akēlāpan akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

255The mind can be alone, that is, from being extroverted, just become introverted, for this is solitude.

184कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] some­ ­ ­ ­कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना-अकेला nā-akēlā x xकमरा kamrā kamrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should, , , , दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])भी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should. . . .

256Some say that they want a room to themselves, that they cannot share with anyone.

185अकेला akēlā akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aloneमिले milē milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23])तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅मौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureसे sē sē[postp.] fromसोओ sōō sōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sleep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andदस das das[adj.] xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बीच bīch bīch centreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसोना हो sōnā hō sōnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] sleep[pres.pl.2.oblig1]तो tō tō thenमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureसे sē sē[postp.] fromसोओ sōō sōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sleep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

257Even if you receive a room for yourself, sleep with pleasure and even if you have to sleep in the same room as ten others, sleep with pleasure.

186फॉरेनर्स foreigners foreigner foreignerदस das das[adj.] xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बीच bīch bīch centreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसो सकते हैं sō saktē haĩ sōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] sleep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

258Are the foreigners able to sleep with ten others in the same room? 259Is it difficult?

187सो सकते हैं sō saktē haĩ sōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] sleep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

260Are you able to sleep?

188 ( ( ( (हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yes) ) ) ) अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowअगले aglē aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nextवर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] year20-20 20-20 20-20 20-20को kō kō[postp.] toसुलायेंगे sulāyēṅgē sulānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] put to sleep[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

261(Ha ji.) 262Achcha, next year, twenty will be put together in one room.

189देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeबदलता रहता है badaltā rahtā hai badalnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] change[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā]और aur aur andबदलता रहेगा badaltā rahēgā badalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] change[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

263Time is changing and it will continue to change.

190दुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)हालतें hālatē̃ hālat[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] situationनाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xहो रही हैं hō rahī haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] be[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3]और aur aur andभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहोंगी hōṅgī hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] be[fut.f.pl.12hon3]. . . .

264The situations of the world are becoming more and more delicate and they will become even more delicate.

191होनी hōnī hōnā[inf.f.] be[inf.f.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

265This has to happen.

192अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)अलग alag alag[adj.] separate­ ­ ­ ­अलग alag alag[adj.] separateहोती हैं hōtī haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] be[pres.pl.f.12hon3], , , , आखिर ākhir ākhir at lastमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसब sab sab[adj.] allतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionइकट्ठीहोगी ikaṭṭhīhōgī x x. . . .

266At present, something happens at one place at one time, but at the end, it will happen everywhere at the same time.

193तो tō tō thenनाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeतो tō tō thenआना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

267The delicate time has to come.

194समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeनाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]नेचर nature nature natureनाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

268Time may be delicate but your nature should not be delicate.

195कइयों kaiyō̃ kaī someकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)नेचर nature nature natureबहुत bahut bahut veryनाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅, , , , थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xकुछ kuchh kuchh anythingहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenडिस्टर्ब disturb disturb disturbहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

269Many people's nature is very delicate. 270When something happens even a little, when there is even a little sound, they become disturbed.

196इसको iskō yah[pn.sg.kō] this[.kō]कहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]नाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stage, , , , नाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xनेचर nature nature nature. . . .

271This is called a delicate stage, a delicate nature.

197तो tō tō thenनाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xनेचर nature nature natureनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

272So you should not have a delicate nature.

198जैसा jaisā jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likeसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeवैसा vaisā vaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toएडजस्ट ēḍajasṭa x xकर सको kar sakō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā]. . . .

273You should be able to adjust yourself according to the time.

199ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisअभ्यास abhyās abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] practiceआगे āgē āgē previouslyचलकर chalkar chalnā[abs.] continue[abs.]आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]बहुत bahut bahut veryकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23]. . . . 200क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseहालतें hālatē̃ hālat[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] situationसदा sadā sadā constantlyएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneजैसी jaisī jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] likeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरहनी है rahnī hai rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

274This practice will be very useful to you at the end, because the situations will not constantly be the same.

201और aur aur andफाइनल final final finalपेपर paper paper paperआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]नाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)होना है hōnā hai hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] be[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

275And your final paper will take place during a very delicate time.

202आराम ārām ārām[x] comfortके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोना है hōnā hai hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] be[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . . 203नाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)होना है hōnā hai hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] be[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . . 204तो tō tō thenजितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसे sē sē[postp.] fromअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toएडजस्ट ēḍajasṭa x xकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)शक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]तो tō tō thenनाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)पास विद् ऑनर pass with honour pass with honour[x] pass with honoursहो सकेंगे hō sakē̃gē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā]. . . .

276It will not take place during a very comfortable (peaceful) time; it will take place during a delicate time. 277To the extent that you have the power to adjust yourself now, to that extent you will be able to pass with honor.

205पेपर paper paper paperबहुत bahut bahut veryटाइम time time timeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , पेपर paper paper paperतो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryथोड़े thōṛē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] shortसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)नाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xपरिस्थितियाँ paristhitiyā̃ paristhiti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] circumstances, , , , उनके unkē vah[pn.pl.kē] that[.kē]बीच bīch bīch centreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपेपर paper paper paperदेना है dēnā hai dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] give[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

278The paper will not take a long time, it will last for a very short time, but you will have to take the paper in delicate circumstances which will be in all four directions.

206इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toनेचर nature nature natureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooशक्तिशाली śhaktiśhālī śhaktiśhālī[adj.] powerfulबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

279Therefore, make yourself powerful in your nature too. 280"What can I do?

207क्या kyā kyā whatकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3], , , , मेरी mērī maĩ[pn.sg.kī] I[.kī]नेचर nature nature natureये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , मेरी mērī maĩ[pn.sg.kī] I[.kī]आदत ādat ādat[n.f.;sg.] habitही hī hī[p.] onlyऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

281My nature is like this, my habit is like this." 282It should not be like this.

208इसको iskō yah[pn.sg.kō] this[.kō]नाजुक nājuk nāzuk[adj.] xनेचर nature nature natureकहा जाता है kahā jātā hai kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]). . . .

283This is known as a delicate nature.

209देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅स्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)आदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसब sab sab[adj.] allअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकरा लिया karā liyā karānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] make commit[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]. . . .

284BapDada gave all types of experiences at the beginning of the establishment.

210जब jab jab whenआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.हुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.]तो tō tō thenराजकुमार rājkumār rājkumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] xऔर aur aur andराजकुमारियों rājkumāriyō̃ rājkumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreपालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]), , , , साधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilities, , , , सब sab sab[adj.] allअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकराया karāyā karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andआगे āgē āgē previouslyचलकर chalkar chalnā[abs.] continue[abs.]बेगरी लाइफ beggary life beggary life[x] beggary lifeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपूरा pūrā pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fullअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकराया karāyā karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

285When it was the beginning, he gave the experience of even more sustenance and facilities than princes and princesses would receive. 286And then later, He even gave the experience of a "beggary" life.

211तो tō tō thenजिन्होंने jinhōnnē jō[pn.pl.nē] that[.nē]दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]उनकी unkī vah[pn.pl.kī] that[.kī]आदत ādat ādat[n.f.;sg.] habitबन गई ban gaī bannā[past-part.f..root+jānā] become[past-part.f..root+jānā]. . . .

287So those who had both experiences developed this habit.

212तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोगों lōgō̃ log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] peopleके आगे kē āgē kē āgē[x] in front ofतो tō tō thenऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeआया āyā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] come[past-part.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआना है ānā hai ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] come[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

288Such a time has not come in front of you, but it will come.

213जहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooरहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2], , , , सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allहिलने हैं hilnē haĩ hilnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] x[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1], , , , सब sab sab[adj.] allआधार ādhār ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] basisटूटने हैं ṭūṭnē haĩ ṭūṭnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] break[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1]. . . .

289Wherever you may be living, all supports have to be broken.

214तो tō tō thenऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchटाइम time time timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)क्या kyā kyā whatचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should ?  ?  ?  ?

290So what do you need at such a time?

215एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofआधार ādhār ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] basis. . . .

291The support of the one Father.

216आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleतो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut very­ ­ ­ ­बहुत bahut bahut very­ ­ ­ ­बहुत bahut bahut veryलक्की lucky lucky luckyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatआने ānē ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x)का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyसाधनों sādhanō̃ sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] facilitiesका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

292All of you are very, very, very lucky that the time you come is when you have all facilities easily available.

217सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyसाधनों sādhanō̃ sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] facilitiesके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] with­ ­ ­ ­साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

293Together with the easy facilities, you also have a Brahmin birth.

218लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesऔर aur aur andसाधना-साधनों sādhanā-sādhanō̃ x xको kō kō[postp.] toदेखते dēkhtē dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]साधना sādhnā sādhnā[n.f.;sg.] spiritual endeavourको kō kō[postp.] toनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notभूल जाना bhūl jānā bhūl jānā[x] x[x]. . . . 219क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseआखिर ākhir ākhir at lastमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसाधना sādhnā sādhnā[n.f.;sg.] spiritual endeavourही hī hī[p.] onlyकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआनी है ānī hai ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] come[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . . 220समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

294With the facilities, let there be spiritual endeavor; whilst seeing the facilities, do not forget your spiritual endeavor, because at the end, only the spiritual endeavor will be useful.

221बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatडबल double double doubleफॉरेनर्स foreigners foreigner foreignerसन्देश sandēśh sandēśh[x] messageदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaपार्ट बजा रहे हैं part bajā rahē haĩ part bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] play one's part. . . .

295Do you understand? 296BapDada is happy that the double foreigners are playing a very good part in giving the message.

222सेन्टर्स centres centre centreभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmसे sē sē[postp.] fromखोल रहे हैं khōl rahē haĩ khōlnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] open[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

297You are also opening centers with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm.

223तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaआज āj āj todayआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबको sabkō sabkō everythingउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]और aur aur andसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] with­ ­ ­ ­साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooमुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

298So BapDada is congratulating you for celebrating today's festival with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm; and together with this, He is also congratulating you for your service.

224सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyऔर aur aur andअण्डरलाइन underline underline underlineकरा रहे हैं karā rahē haĩ karānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] make commit[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceऔर aur aur andस्वय्स्थिति svaysthiti x xदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतीव्र tīvr tīvr[adj.] intenseगति gati gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] speedहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

299BapDada is making you underline the fact that there should be a fast speed in service and in self progress.

225स्वय्स्थिति svaysthiti x xऔर aur aur andसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबैलेन्स balance balance balanceसदा sadā sadā constantlyस्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहे rahē rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]). . . .

300The balance of your own stage and of service should always be in your awareness.

226कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसुनते हैं suntē haĩ sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , देखते dēkhtē dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , जब jab jab whenकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबहुत bahut bahut veryबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryभागदौड़ bhāgdauṛ bhāg-dauṛ[n.f.;sg.] running aroundका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅, , , , तो tō tō thenकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)उमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskतो tō tō thenकर लेते हैं kar lētē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-सेवा haĩ-sēvā x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inगये gayē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]ना nā nā ∅तो tō tō thenअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortढीली ḍhīlī ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xहो गई hō gaī hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] be[past-part.f..root+jānā]. . . .

301Sometimes, BapDada sees and also hears that when you do a lot of running around for service, you have the programme with that enthusiasm and you do everything for it, whereas sometimes some of you say: "Well, I got involved in service and so my stage became a little weak." 302This should not happen.

227वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोना चाहिये hōnā chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3]. . . .

303"I just want to sit in yoga.

228बस bas basnā[root]|bas (x[root]|simply), , , , अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowयोग yōg yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yogaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबैठे baiṭhē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]), , , , सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , योग yōg yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yogaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inही hī hī[p.] onlyबैठेंगे baiṭhē̃gē baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

304I do not want to do any service, I just want to sit in yoga." 305Yoga and service should both be simultaneous.

229योग yōg yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yogaऔर aur aur andसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceइकट्ठा ikaṭṭhā ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] together­ ­ ­ ­इकट्ठाहोना ikaṭṭhāhōnā x xचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should. . . .

306BapDada is reading your letters of news.

230बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sपत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसमाचार samāchār samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] newsपढ़ते हैं paṛhtē haĩ paṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] study[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !  !  !  !

307It is because He reads them that He is telling you about this.

231कई kaī kaī someबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]6-6 6-6 6-6 6-6पेज page page xलिखा likhā likhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|likhānā[root] (write[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]), , , , उत्तर uttar uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.] answerतो tō tō thenआया āyā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] come[past-part.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

308Some children say: I wrote six pages in my letter, and didn't get a response.

232इतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchकार्ड card card cardभेजे bhējē bhējnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bhējnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]), , , , उत्तर uttar uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.] answerतो tō tō thenआया āyā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] come[past-part.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . . 233लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toरेसपाण्ड respond respond responseजरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

309I sent so many cards, I sent birthday cards too, but I did not get any response.

234आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]लिखने likhnē likhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] write[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtचलता है chaltā hai chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] continue[pres.sg.m.23]और aur aur andबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toवहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereपहुँच जाता है pahũch jātā hai pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

310BapDada definitely responds to everyone. 311The moment you have a thought to write to Baba, it reaches Baba.

235लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2], , , , सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyलम्बा lambā lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलिखो likhō likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , शॉर्ट short short shortमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलिखो likhō likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

312You do very well, but do not write long letters; write them in brief.

236क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseलिखने likhnē likhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] write[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचलता रहता है chaltā rahtā hai chalnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] continue[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finishedहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā], , , , हल्का halkā halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lightहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

313By writing it, whatever is going on in the mind finishes and you become light.

237इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeलिखो likhō likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]जरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyलेकिन lēkin lēkin butशॉर्ट short short shortमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलिखो likhō likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

314Therefore, definitely write, but in brief.

238आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sकार्ड card card cardवगैरह vagairah vagairah etc.की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सब sab sab[adj.] allएक्जीबिशन ēkjībiśan x xवतन vatan vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooलगती है lagtī hai lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] x[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

315An exhibition of all your cards is set up in the subtle region.

239 ( ( ( (सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कार्ड card card cardस्टेज stage stage stageपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)बहुत bahut bahut veryसुन्दर sundar sundar[adj.] xढंग ḍhaṅg ḍhaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] wayसे sē sē[postp.] fromसजाकर sajākar sajānā[abs.] decorate[abs.]रखे गये हैं rakhē gayē haĩ rakhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|rakhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive] (keep[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|keep[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive])) ) ) ) यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooएक्जीबिशन ēkjībiśan x xलगाई है lagāī hai lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

316You have put up an exhibition here, have you not? 317An exhibition of your cards is also put up in the subtle region.

240तो tō tō thenपहुँचा pahuñchā pahuñchānā[root]|pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (cause to reach[root]|reach[past-part.m.sg.d.])या yā yā orनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notपहुँचा pahuñchā pahuñchānā[root]|pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (cause to reach[root]|reach[past-part.m.sg.d.]), , , , ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't thatसोचो sōchō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

318So do not wonder whether your letter has reached here or not.

241पहुँचता pahuñchtā pahuñchnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] reach[pres-part.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

319It definitely reaches here.

242और aur aur andबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaएक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)समाचार samāchār samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] newsको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of, , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])स्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of, , , , देखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andदेखकर dēkhkar dēkhnā[abs.] see[abs.]शक्तियों śhaktiyō̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Shaktiका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofवायब्रेशन vibration vibration vibrationsदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

320And what does BapDada do on hearing the news of each one, whether of service or of their stage? 321He gives vibrations of power.

243अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

322Achcha.

244 ( ( ( (बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allदेशों dēśhō̃ dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] landके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])­ ­ ­ ­बहिनों bahinō̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromअलग alag alag[adj.] separate­ ­ ­ ­अलग alag alag[adj.] separateग्रुप group group groupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहाथ hāth hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] handउठवाये uṭhvāyē uṭhvānā[opt.sg.23] make raise[opt.sg.23]) ) ) )

323South and North America, raise your hands. 324Achcha. 325Put them down. 326This is exercise, it is not?

245साउथ south south southऔर aur aur andनार्थ north north northअमेरिका America America Americaहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

327What splendor will America reveal.

246अमेरिका America America Americaक्या kyā kyā whatजलवा jalvā jalvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sparkleदिखायेगी dikhāyēgī dikhānā[fut.f.sg.23] x[fut.f.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

328You will do something new, will you not?

247कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someनई naī nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] newबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

329What will you do?

248क्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

330You will appear on world TV.

249आज āj āj todayशिवरात्रि śhivrātri śhivrātri[x] Shiva Ratriका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहरायेंगे laharāyēṅgē laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅तो tō tō thenप्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣhatā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] revelationका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)देखें dēkhē̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] see[opt.pl.12hon3]अमेरिका America America Americaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलहराते हैं laharātē haĩ laharānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] hoist[pres.pl.m.12hon3]या yā yā orअफ्रीका aphrīkā aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Africaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , या yā yā orभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in ?  ?  ?  ?

331Today, the flag of Shiv Ratri will be hoisted, so we will see whether America, Africa or any other place hoists the flag of revelation. 332Or, do you only hoist it in Bharat?

250पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)कहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereलहरायेगा laharāyēgā laharānā[fut.m.sg.23] hoist[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

333Where will it be hoisted first?

251अमेरिका America America Americaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in ?  ?  ?  ?

334In America?

252यू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .एन N N x. . . .की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)बिल्डिंग building building houseपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)शिव śhiv śhiv Shivaबाबा bābā bābā Babaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहराना laharānā laharānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hoist[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

335Hoist Shiv Baba's flag in the U.N. building.

253जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसमझते हैं samajhtē haĩ samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅लाल lāl lāl[adj.] xकिले kilē kilā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] fortressपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)झण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहरायेंगे laharāyēṅgē laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenसबकी sabkī sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] everyone'sनजर najar nazar[n.f.;sg.] glanceहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅, , , , तो tō tō thenयू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .एन N N x. . . .की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)बिल्डिंग building building houseपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)झण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहरायेंगे laharāyēṅgē laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenसब sab sab[adj.] allक्या kyā kyā whatबोलेंगे bōlē̃gē bōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

336People of Bharat think that they will hoist this flag at the Red Fort, and so everyone's vision will be drawn to that. 337Therefore, what would everyone say when you hoist the flag in the U.N. building?

254वन्स vansa x xमोर mōr mōr[n.m.;sg.,d.] peacock, , , , वन्स vansa x xमोर mōr mōr[n.m.;sg.,d.] peacock. . . .

338"Once more, once more."

255वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayआना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

339That day also has to come.

256और aur aur andयूरोप Europe Europe xकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहरायेगा laharāyēgā laharānā[fut.m.sg.23] hoist[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

340Where will Europe hoist the flag?

257लण्डन london London xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)महल mahal mahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] palaceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in. . . .

341In the palace of London.

258जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeवहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)परेड parēḍ x xदेखने dēkhnē dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.]आते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅तो tō tō thenऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisझण्डे jhaṇḍē jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] flagको kō kō[postp.] toदेखने dēkhnē dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.]आवे āvē ānā[opt.sg.23] come[opt.sg.23]. . . .

342Just as people go to see the parade there, so they should come to see this flag.

259होना है hōnā hai hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] be[pres.sg.23.oblig1]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

343This has to happen.

260और aur aur andही hī hī[p.] onlyआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]आर्जियाँ ārjiyā̃ x xकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]ले lē lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23])जायेंगे-आओ jāyēṅgē-āō x x. . . .

344They will request you to come, saying: "Come". 345Just let there be a little fluctuation.

261थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalहोने दो hōnē dō hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā], , , , उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)हलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23], , , , अपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)झण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहरायेंगे laharāyēṅgē laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3]औरअफ्रीकाकहाँ auraaphrīkākahā̃ x xझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहरायेगा laharāyēgā laharānā[fut.m.sg.23] hoist[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

346They will come into fluctuation, you will hoist your flag. 347Where will Africa hoist their flag? 348Those from Africa, speak! 349Where will you hoist your flag?

262अफ्रीका aphrīkā aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Africaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatनामीग्रामी nāmīgrāmī nāmīgrāmī[adj.] xस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहराना laharānā laharānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hoist[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

350Is there no special place there? 351Hoist the flag at a very well known place.

263अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowउस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatमिलेट्री military military militaryकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)परेड parēḍ x xनिकालते हैं nikāltē haĩ nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)ब्रह्माकुमारियों brahmākumāriyō̃ brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Brahma Kumariकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)यात्रा yātrā yātrā[n.f.;sg.] pilgrimageनिकले nikalē nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]). . . .

352At present, you have a parade of that military, and the BKs will have a pilgrimage. 353What will those from Australia do?

264ऑस्ट्रेलिया ôsṭrēliyā x xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

354Those from Australia, raise your hands.

265अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

355Achcha.

266इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xऑस्ट्रेलिया ôsṭrēliyā x xकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)आया है āyā hai ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] come[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

356Have the teachers from Australia not come?

267नहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseसबसे sabsē sabsē the mostनम्बर number number numberतो tō tō thenऑस्ट्रेलिया ôsṭrēliyā x xलेते हैं lētē haĩ lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] take[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

357Why are there less from Australia this time? 358Usually, Australia claims the maximum number.

268इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकिसको kiskō kaun[pn.sg.kō] who[.kō]ज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreचांस chance chance chanceदिया है diyā hai dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

359Who has been given the chance this time. 360UK.

269यू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K). . . .को kō kō[postp.] to. . . . 270यू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K). . . .वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबहुत bahut bahut veryआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

361There are more from the UK; those from the UK, raise your hands.

271यू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K). . . .तो tō tō thenलक्की lucky lucky luckyहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

362Many have come from the UK.

272शिवरात्रि śhivrātri śhivrātri[x] Shiva Ratriका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofचांस chance chance chanceयू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K). . . .को kō kō[postp.] toमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

363And so, the UK is lucky. 364The UK has been given the chance for Shiv Ratri.

273यू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K). . . .वालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

365Those from the UK have worked very hard.

274मलेशिया Malaysia Malaysia Malaysiaकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthको kō kō[postp.] toप्राप्त कर रही है prāpt kar rahī hai prāpt karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] reach. . . . 275अच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

366Those from Asia raise your hands; Malaysia is included in Asia. 367Service in Malaysia is also expanding very well.

276यू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K). . . .तो tō tō thenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ही hī hī[p.] onlyफाउण्डेशन foundation foundation foundationऔर aur aur andअमेरिका America America Americaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]सर्विसके sarvisakē x xवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)आवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseफैलाने phailānē phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] spread[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryमाइक mike mike mike. . . .

368You are good, UK is the foundation any way, and America is the big mike to spread the sound of the expansion for service.

277अमेरिका America America Americaकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 278और aur aur andअफ्रीका aphrīkā aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Africaकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityक्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

369This is the specialty of America, and what is the specialty of Africa?

279अफ्रीका aphrīkā aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Africaवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatदुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldभय bhay bhay[n.m.;sg.,d.] fearमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisनिर्भय nirbhay nirbhay[adj.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

370It is the wonder of those from Africa that the world is in fear and you are fearless.

280रीयल real real realमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inश्याम śhyām śhyām[adj.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromसुन्दर sundar sundar[adj.] xबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoतोअफ्रीका tōaphrīkā x xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

371It is Africa that will really make the shyam ones into sundar.

281निर्भयता nirbhayatā nirbhayatā[n.f.;sg.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xइन्हों inhō̃ yah[pn.pl.o.] thisकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

372It is the wonder of their fearlessness.

282देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])­ ­ ­ ­दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])बहनें bahanē̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] xरहती हैं rahtī haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butनिर्भय nirbhay nirbhay[adj.] xहोकर hōkar hōnā[abs.] be[abs.]रहती हैं rahtī haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3]. . . .

373Two sisters live together, but they are fearless.

283हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageरखते हैं rakhtē haĩ rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅तो tō tō thenबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मदद madad madad[n.f.;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

374Because they have courage, they receive the Father's help.

284अफ्रीका aphrīkā aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Africaकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthको kō kō[postp.] toपा रही है pā rahī hai pānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] x[pres.sg.f.prog.23]. . . .

375Service in Africa is expanding well.

285वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooइस समय is samay is samay[x] at this timeसब sab sab[adj.] allतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmऔर aur aur andवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

376In all the foreign lands at this time, there is very good zeal and enthusiasm for service and expansion.

286अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतरीका tarīkā tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] method, , , , विधि vidhi vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] methodआ गई है ā gaī hai ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]. . . .

377You now know the method to do this.

287धरनी dharnī dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (adopt[inf.f.]|earth)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooबदली है badalī hai badalnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] change[pres-perf.sg.f.23]और aur aur andविधि vidhi vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] methodभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआ गई है ā gaī hai ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]. . . .

378The land has changed and you now know the method.

288देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]सबसे sabsē sabsē the mostपीछे pīchhē pīchhē xरशिया Russia Russia xखुला है khulā hai khulnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] open up[pres-perf.sg.m.23], , , , वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

379Russia opened up last and so much service has taken place there.

289रशिया Russia Russia xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

380Those from Russia have also come, have they not?

290ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionबैठते हैं baiṭhtē haĩ baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

381Those from Russia, raise your hands.

291इन्हों inhō̃ yah[pn.pl.o.] thisकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)युनिटी unity unity unityबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , जहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneजायेगा jāyēgā jānā[fut.m.sg.23] go[fut.m.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereसब sab sab[adj.] allजायेंगे jāyēṅgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

382Achcha, all of you always sit together on one side. 383Your unity is very good.

292अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , लास्ट last last lastसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)फर्स्ट first first[adj.] firstहो रहे हैं hō rahē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

384Wherever one goes, everyone else will go. 385It is good.

293अच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaरिजल्ट result result resultहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

386You have come last and are going fast.

294देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिल रहे हैं mil rahē haĩ milnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] receive[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

387It is a good result. 388You are even getting a place now.

295अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowगवर्मेन्ट government government governmentको kō kō[postp.] toऔर aur aur andअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)बनाते जाओ banātē jāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā]. . . .

389Now, make the government belong to you even more.

296अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

390You have very good zeal and enthusiasm.

297और aur aur andऑस्ट्रेलिया ôsṭrēliyā x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)बहुत bahut bahut very­ ­ ­ ­बहुत bahut bahut very­ ­ ­ ­बहुत bahut bahut veryश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआशाओं āśhāō̃ āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] desireके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दीपक dīpak dīpak[x] xजग रहे हैं jag rahē haĩ jagnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] wake up[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

391In Australia, BapDada's lamps of very, very, very elevated hopes are being awakened.

298ऑस्ट्रेलिया ôsṭrēliyā x xऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchकमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someने nē nē[postp.] ∅नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key). . . .

392Australia will perform such a wonder which no one has as yet performed.

299क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyकमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

393Why? 394What is the reason?

300कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseबताओ batāō batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

395What wonder will you perform?

301क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseऑस्ट्रेलिया ôsṭrēliyā x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसब sab sab[adj.] allप्रकार prakār prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] formकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)बुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

396What is the reason? 397There are people with all types of intellects in Australia.

302इन्वेन्टर inventor inventor inventorभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , कार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , प्लैन plan plan planको kō kō[postp.] toप्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाने lānē lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooऑस्ट्रेलिया ôsṭrēliyā x xने nē nē[postp.] ∅बहुत bahut bahut veryअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownकमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xदिखाई dikhāī dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (x[past-part.f.]|x). . . .

398There are inventors there; there are those who put the plans into a practical form there. 399Therefore, Australia showed its wonders a great deal in the beginning also.

303अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowबीच bīch bīch centreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortप्लैन plan plan planबना रहे banā rahē bannā[opt.sg.23.past-part+rahnā] become[opt.sg.23.past-part+rahnā]थे thē hōnā[past.pl] be[past.pl]. . . .

400Now, in between, they are making a few plans.

304और aur aur andआगे āgē āgē previouslyचलकर chalkar chalnā[abs.] continue[abs.]प्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

401As you progress further, they will put them into practice.

305तो tō tō thenऑस्ट्रेलिया ôsṭrēliyā x xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)तरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)आशाओं āśhāō̃ āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] desireकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)नजर najar nazar[n.f.;sg.] glanceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

402So BapDada's vision of hope for elevated service is especially towards Australia. 403Do you understand?

306समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ? 307इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)आये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allसुनेंगे sunē̃gē sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

404At present, very few have come, but all will hear this.

308अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatडायलाग dialogue dialogue dialogueमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआये थे āyē thē ānā[past-perf.pl.m.] come[past-perf.pl.m.]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

405Who is left out? 406Europe. 407Achcha, those from Europe, raise your hands.

309 ( ( ( (आबू ābū ābū Abuडायलाग dialogue dialogue dialogueमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]कुछ kuchh kuchh anythingमेहमान mēhmān mēhmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] guestभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुरली murlī murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fluteसुन रहे हैं sun rahē haĩ sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]) ) ) ) ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] short­ ­ ­ ­सी see|sī|C see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C (see|x)आत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulमहानभाग्यवान mahānabhāgyavān x xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

408There are many from Europe. 409There are more sisters in Europe. 410Those who came for the Dialogue, raise your hands. 411What would you call them?

310तो tō tō thenडॉयलाग ḍôyalāg x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])और aur aur andबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedमाइक mike mike mikeबनकर bankar bannā[abs.] become[abs.]जा रहे हैं jā rahē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

412These few souls are greatly fortunate. 413You came for the Dialogue and are returning as very elevated mikes.

311मैसेन्जर messenger messenger messengerबनकर bankar bannā[abs.] become[abs.]जा रहे हैं jā rahē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

414You are going back as messengers.

312सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , सारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeग्रुप group group groupके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreसे sē sē[postp.] fromज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreमैसेज message message messageदेकर dēkar dēnā[abs.] give[abs.]अनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toपरिचय दें parichay dē̃ parichay dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] x[opt.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andस्वीट होम sweet home sweet home[x] sweet homeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपहुँचाये pahũchāyē pahuñchānā[opt.sg.23] cause to reach[opt.sg.23]. . . . 313ऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

415The entire group has the enthusiasm in their mind to give the maximum number of messages to everyone and to give them the introduction and enable them to reach their sweet home.

314जिन्होंने jinhōnnē jō[pn.pl.nē] that[.nē]हाथ उठाया hāth uṭhāyā hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] raise your handsउन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

416Do you have such enthusiasm?

315अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allने nē nē[postp.] ∅देखा है dēkhā hai dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] see[pres-perf.sg.m.23]कौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सी see|sī|C see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C (see|x)भाग्यवान bhāgyavān bhāgyavān[x] fortunateआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

417Achcha, all of you have seen them; who are the fortunate souls?

316रीयल real real realमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenइन्हों inhō̃ yah[pn.pl.o.] thisका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबर्थ डे birth day birth day[x] birthdayहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]. . . .

418So, in reality, it is their birthday.

317तो tō tō thenमैसेन्जर messenger messenger messengerबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बर्थ डे birth day birth day[x] birthdayकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulations. . . .

419Congratulations for the birthday of becoming messengers.

318अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , यूरोप Europe Europe xक्या kyā kyā whatकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

420Achcha, what will Europe do?

319यूरोप Europe Europe xअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownअंचली añchalī añchalī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dropयू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K). . . .में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inडालता है ḍāltā hai ḍālnā[pres.sg.m.23] create[pres.sg.m.23], , , , ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] such !  !  !  !

421Europe gives its finger to the UK. 422Is it like this? 423It is good.

320लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatउलहना ulahnā ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] complaintदे dē dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23])कि ki ki[conj.] thatहमारे hamārē ham[pn.pl.kē] we[.kē]देश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]मैसेज message message messageपहुँचा pahuñchā pahuñchānā[root]|pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (cause to reach[root]|reach[past-part.m.sg.d.])ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

424No country should be left out that they complain that your message never reached their country. 425You have to reach every corner, every country.

321तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , पहुँचना pahuñchnā pahuñchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] reach[inf.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenकोने kōnē kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] corner­ ­ ­ ­कोने kōnē kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cornerमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकोने kōnē kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] corner­ ­ ­ ­कोने kōnē kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cornerमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमैसेज message message messageजरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyदेना dēnā dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] give[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

426You definitely have to give the message in every corner. 427Baba should not have to listen to any complaints. 428Achcha.

322उलहना ulahnā ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] complaintनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसुनना पड़े sunnā paṛē sunnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] listen[opt.sg.23.oblig2]. . . . 323अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

429Those from Mauritius, raise your hands.

324मॉरीशियस Mauritius Mauritius Mauritiusदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हिसाब hisāb hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] accountसे sē sē[postp.] fromजितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreही hī hī[p.] onlyछोटा chhōṭā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] smallहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]उतना utnā utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xही hī hī[p.] onlyसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

430Achcha, it is very good. 431The smaller Mauritius is in size, the bigger it is in service.

325मॉरीशियस Mauritius Mauritius Mauritiusकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatआई eye|āī|I eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x). . . .पी P|pī P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]). . . .भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहोमली homely homely homelyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

432The specialty of Mauritius is that even the IPs are very homely.

326चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])प्राइम मिनिस्टर prime minister prime minister[x] prime ministerहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orमिनिस्टर minister minister ministerहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butहोमली homely homely homelyरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupसे sē sē[postp.] fromमिलते miltē milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andसहयोगी sahyōgī sahyōgī[adj.] co-operativeभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबनते हैं bantē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

433Whether he is the Prime Minister or a Minister, he meets everyone in a very homely manner and even becomes co­operative.

327श्रीलंका śhrīlaṅkā laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] Lankaवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

434Those from Sri Lanka, raise your hands.

328ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारणइकट्ठे kāraṇaikaṭṭhē x xबैठे हैं baiṭhē haĩ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

435All of you are sitting together because of the language.

329श्रीलंका śhrīlaṅkā laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] Lankaतो tō tō thenनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameही hī hī[p.] onlyश्री śhrī śhrī[x] Shriहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

436SriLanka has the name Sri.

330श्री śhrī śhrī[x] Shriका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)ही hī hī[p.] onlyमहान mahān mahān, mahā[adj.] greatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

437Sri means elevated.

331तो tō tō thenश्रीलंका śhrīlaṅkā laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] Lankaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereअशान्ति aśhānti aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] peacelessnessहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereशान्ति śhānti śhānti peaceस्थापन sthāpan sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] establishmentकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andशान्ति śhānti śhānti peaceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसन्देश sandēśh sandēśh[x] messageदेना dēnā dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] give[inf.m.sg.d.]ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenश्रीलंका śhrīlaṅkā laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] Lankaसन्देश sandēśh sandēśh[x] messageदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofश्री śhrī śhrī[x] Shri­ ­ ­ ­कार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

438In Sri Lanka, to establish peace where there is peacelessness and to give the message of peace is such an elevated task. 439And so, Sri Lanka is carrying out the elevated task of giving the message.

332मिडिल ईस्ट middle east Middle East[x] Middle Eastभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआया है āyā hai ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] come[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

440The Middle East has also come.

333दुबई Dubai x xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

441There are very few of you.

334हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]थोड़े thōṛē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] shortलेकिन lēkin lēkin butमहावीर mahāvīr mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] Mahavirहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

442Dubai, raise your hands. 443Achcha, there are few of you.

335अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]श्रीलंका śhrīlaṅkā laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] Lankaतो tō tō thenकल्प kalp kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooलंकाजीत laṅkājīt x xब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminकहलाते हैं kahlātē haĩ kahlānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] call[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

444You are few but you are Mahavirs. 445It is good. 446Sri Lanka conquered Lanka a kalpa ago also and became Brahmins.

336तो tō tō thenश्रीलंका śhrīlaṅkā laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] Lankaपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)तो tō tō thenविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryहोनी hōnī hōnā[inf.f.] be[inf.f.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

447Victory has to be attained in Sri Lanka.

337मिडिल ईस्ट middle east Middle East[x] Middle Eastभी bhī bhī[p.] tooधीरे dhīrē dhīrē x­ ­ ­ ­धीरे dhīrē dhīrē xआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ रहा है baṛh rahā hai baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] grow[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . .

448The Middle East is also progressing gradually.

338क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseगुप्त gupta gupt[adj.] incognitoमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooगुप्त gupta gupt[adj.] incognitoवेश vēśh vēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xधारण dhāraṇ dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] adoptingकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरनी पड़ती है karnī paṛtī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2]ना nā nā ∅तो tō tō thenडबल double double doubleसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulations. . . .

449Whilst being incognito, you have to do service in an incognito form, and so congratulations for double service.

339फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaमुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatवायुमण्डल vāyumaṇḍal vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] atmosphereकैसा kaisā kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] howभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])अचल achal achal unshakeable­ ­ ­ ­अडोल aḍōl aḍōl[adj.] unshakeable­ ­ ­ ­अविनाशी avināśhī avināśhī[adj.] imperishableरत्न ratna ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] jewelहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

450BapDada is congratulating you, because no matter what the atmosphere is like, you are unshakeable, immovable imperishable jewels.

340एक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneरत्न ratna ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] jewelअमूल्य amūlya amūlya[adj.] invaluableहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

451Each jewel is invaluable.

341और aur aur andजगह jagah jagah[n.f.;sg.] xसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceडबल double double doubleगुप्त gupta gupt[adj.] incognitoरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकरना पड़ता है karnā paṛtā hai karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2]. . . .

452It is easy to do service in other places, but there, you have to do service in a doubly incognito form.

342फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

453Even so, you have courage.

343हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageछोड़ने chhōṛnē chhōṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] renounce[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

454You are not those who let go of your courage.

344अचल achal achal unshakeable­ ­ ­ ­अडोल aḍōl aḍōl[adj.] unshakeableआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

455You are unshakeable, immovable souls.

345इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaहिम्मतवान himmatvān himmatvān[adj.] xबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toपदमगुणा padamguṇā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] multimillion-foldमदद madad madad[n.f.;sg.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

456This is why BapDada is giving multimillion fold congratulations to the courageous children.

346अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

457Achcha.

347करेबियन karēbiyan x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inफाउण्डेशन foundation foundation foundationतो tō tō thenअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaपड़ा paṛā paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] fall[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

458There is a very good foundation in the Caribbean.

348अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soसेन्टर centre centre centreहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]करेबियन karēbiyan x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in. . . .

459And this one has been working hard from the beginning.

349 ( ( ( (10-12 10-12 10-12 10-12) ) ) ) फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaरखी है rakhī hai rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

460How many centers are there now in the Caribbean? 461(10­12).

350भक्ति bhakti bhakti[n.f.;sg.] devotionके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)विस्तार vistār vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] expansionमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inज्ञानी gyānī gyānī[adj.] gyaniतू tū tū youआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulबनाना banānā banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.]इसमें ismē̃ yah[pn.sg.mē̃] this[.mē̃]हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaरखी है rakhī hai rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23]और aur aur andब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthको kō kō[postp.] toपा रहे हैं pā rahē haĩ pānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

462You have good courage. 463You have maintained very good courage in creating knowledgeable souls amidst the expansion of bhakti, and the number of Brahmins is also increasing.

351शुरू śhurū śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] beginningसे sē sē[postp.] fromजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.से sē sē[postp.] fromआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaचल रहे हैं chal rahē haĩ chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

464Those who have been coming from the beginning are moving along very well.

352ज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

465You have not come into a lot of fluctuation.

353यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaरिकॉर्ड record record recordहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

466This is also a good record.

354करेबियन karēbiyan x xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , कमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

467The Caribbean is no less, it will perform wonders.

355अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

468Achcha.

356जहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)समीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeऔर aur aur andसिकीलधे sikīladhē sikīladhē[x] beloved, long-lost and now-foundहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

469Wherever you have come from, all of you are close and loved by the Father.

357बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaअमृतवेले amr̥itvēlē amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] amrit velaचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)अमूल्य amūlya amūlya[adj.] invaluableरत्नों ratnō̃ ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] jewelको kō kō[postp.] toदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]­ ­ ­ ­देखहर्षित dēkhaharṣit x xहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

470BapDada is very happy to see the invaluable jewels in all four directions from amrit vela.

358जिसको jiskō jō[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]देखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]सब sab sab[adj.] allएक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])से sē sē[postp.] fromआगे āgē āgē previouslyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

471Whomsoever He sees, each one is ahead of the other.

359क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ why ?  ?  ?  ?

472Why?

360हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)अपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s own­ ­ ­ ­अपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

473Each one's specialty is very special.

361चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)अमूल्य amūlya amūlya[adj.] invaluableविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialरत्नों ratnō̃ ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] jewelको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyहर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayउत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmसे sē sē[postp.] fromउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyस्वय्स्थिति svaysthiti x xऔर aur aur andसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)उन्नति unnati unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] self-progressमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबैलेन्स balance balance balanceरखने rakhnē rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] keep[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoब्लैसिंग blessing blessing blessingके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)अधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesको kō kō[postp.] toसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyपार pār pār[n.m.;sg.,d.] acrossकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchअचल achal achal unshakeable, , , , अडोल aḍōl aḍōl[adj.] unshakeable, , , , महावीर mahāvīr mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] Mahavirआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembrance­ ­ ­ ­प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveऔर aur aur andनमस्ते namastē namastē x. . . .

474To the special, invaluable jewels in all four directions; to the elevated souls who celebrate each day with festivity; to the souls who have a right to blessings by maintaining the balance of their own stage and service; to the unshakeable, immovable, mahavir souls who easily overcome all obstacles, BapDada's love, remembrances and namaste. 475Did you all receive a response to you cards? 476Or will you say: Well, I brought a card; give me a response.

362टीचर्स teachers teacher teacherसे sē sē[postp.] from- - - -टीचर्स teachers teacher teacherको kō kō[postp.] toविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaमुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

477To the Teachers: Teachers sitting at the front, raise your hands. 478BapDada is giving special congratulations to the teachers.

363क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseहर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])वर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)रिजल्ट result result resultमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inटीचर्स teachers teacher teacherने nē nē[postp.] ∅मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

479Each year teachers have made very good effort for the result of service each year.

364इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeप्रत्यक्षफल pratyakṣhaphal pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] xबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . . 365समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) !  !  !  !

480And this is why the practical fruit is blessings from the Father.

366टीचर्स teachers teacher teacherसे sē sē[postp.] fromपूछने pūchhnē pūchhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ask[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)आवश्यकता āvaśhyaktā āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] needनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

481Do you understand? 482There is no need to ask the teachers if they are happy.

367खुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]के निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

483You are happy and you are instruments to make others happy.

368तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersको kō kō[postp.] toखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyबनाते हैं banātē haĩ banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] create[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatस्वयं svayã svayã xतो tō tō thenजरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

484Those who make others happy will definitely be happy themselves.

369टीचर teacher teacher teacherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)ही hī hī[p.] onlyअचल achal achal unshakeable­ ­ ­ ­अमर amar amar[adj.] immortal. . . .

485A teacher means one who is unshakeable and immortal.

370तो tō tō thenअमर amar amar[adj.] immortalभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andअचल achal achal unshakeableभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

486So you are immortal and also unshakeable.

371ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

487Is it like this?

372कि ki ki[conj.] thatकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortकम होती है kam hōtī hai kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] decrease ?  ?  ?  ?

488Yes or no? 489Or does your happiness decrease sometimes?

373नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , हो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकती saktī saknā[pres-part.f.] can[pres-part.f.]. . . .

490No, it cannot decrease.

374इतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

491You have this much faith.

375दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiजानकी jānkī jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] from- - - -प्रकृतिजीत prakr̥itijīt prakr̥itijīt[adj.] conqueror of matterहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

492Speaking to Dadi Janki:You are the conqueror of matter, are you not?

376प्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]हिलाना hilānā hilānā[inf.m.sg.d.] make fluctuate[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]प्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterको kō kō[postp.] toहिलाना hilānā hilānā[inf.m.sg.d.] make fluctuate[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

493It is the duty of matter to make you fluctuate and your duty is to make matter fluctuate.

377अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसे sē sē[postp.] fromरेस्ट rest rest xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenमजबूरी majbūrī majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromकराते हैं karātē haĩ karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

494It is good. 495When you do not take rest with love, you are compelled to take rest.

378क्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , इनकी inkī yah[pn.pl.kī] this[.kī]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceसे sē sē[postp.] fromबहुत bahut bahut veryमोहब्बत mōhabbat muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

496What happens is that you have a lot of love for service.

379उमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someरह rah rahnā[root] remain[root]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notजाये jāyē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someरह rah rahnā[root] remain[root]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notजाये jāyē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

497You have the enthusiasm that no one should be left out.

380ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

498It is like this, is it not?

381 ( ( ( (बाबा bābā bābā Babaने nē nē[postp.] ∅अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownपास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)बिठाया biṭhāyā biṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ) ) ) साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withरहती है rahtī hai rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] remain[pres.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅तो tō tō thenसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withही hī hī[p.] onlyबिठायेंगे biṭhāyēṅgē biṭhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

499(Baba made Dadi sit next to Him.) 500Because you stay with the Father, Baba will sit you with Him.

382अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , नई naī nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] new­ ­ ­ ­नई naī nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] newइन्वेन्शन invention invention inventionनिकलेगी nikalēgī nikalnā[fut.f.sg.23] be extracted[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

501It is good. 502New inventions will be created.

383कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

503It is not anything difficult.

384रेस्ट rest rest xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिलती है miltī hai milnā[pres.sg.f.23] receive[pres.sg.f.23]तो tō tō thenकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someनया nayā nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] newप्लैन plan plan planबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

504When you receive rest, it is to make new plans.

385इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someनया nayā nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] newमाल māl māl[n.m.;sg.,d.] rich foodमिलेगा milēgā milnā[fut.m.sg.23] receive[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

505Therefore, you will receive some new treasures.

386दादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiको kō kō[postp.] toदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toबहुत bahut bahut veryखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

506Everyone is very happy when they see the Dadis.

387सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रत्यक्षफल pratyakṣhaphal pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

507Everyone's love is the practical fruit of service.

388तो tō tō thenसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soफल phal phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] fruitमिलते हैं miltē haĩ milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !  !  !  !

508How much fruit do you receive throughout the day?

389जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatकिस kis kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] (what|who)नजर najar nazar[n.f.;sg.] glanceसे sē sē[postp.] fromदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

509You receive a lot, do you not? 510With what vision does everyone see you?

390सबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromवाह vāh vāh wah!दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiवाह vāh vāh wah!, , , , वाह vāh vāh wah!दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiवाह vāh vāh wah!निकलता है nikaltā hai nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] be extracted[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

511The words, "Wah! wah! 512Wah! 513Dadi! 514Wah!" emerge from everyone's heart.

391ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफल phal phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] fruitहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

515This is also the fruit of service.

392जितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसे sē sē[postp.] from, , , , निस्वार्थ nisvārth niḥsvārth[adj.] altruisticसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]उनको unkō vah[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]प्रत्यक्षफल pratyakṣhaphal pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसदा sadā sadā constantlyही hī hī[p.] onlyमिलता है miltā hai milnā[pres.sg.m.23] receive[pres.sg.m.23]और aur aur andसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allसे sē sē[postp.] fromमिलता है miltā hai milnā[pres.sg.m.23] receive[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

516The more service one does with love and selflessness, the more one constantly receive the practical fruit from everyone.

393सबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromनिकलता nikaltā nikalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be extracted[pres-part.m.sg.d.]है-हमारी hai-hamārī x xदादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadi, , , , या yā yā orकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisलन्दन London London xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

517What emerges in everyone's heart? 518Our Dadi. 519Or would you say that this one is London's Dadi and this one is Madhuban's Dadi?

394सबकी sabkī sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] everyone'sदादियाँ dādiyā̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Dadiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

520They are everyone's Dadis.

395जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldअधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightबनते हैं bantē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3]उसको uskō vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसे sē sē[postp.] fromसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] all, , , , उसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)मानेंगे mānē̃gē mānnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

521Those who become world rulers are considered to belong to everyone and the Brahmins will especially consider them (the Dadis) to belong to them.

396अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , ठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

522Achcha, are you all right?

397सब sab sab[adj.] allबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

523Everything is fine.

398खराब kharāb kharāb[adj.] badतो tō tō thenहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

524Nothing is going to be bad.

399अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyबीच bīch bīch centre­ ­ ­ ­बीच bīch bīch centreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortरेस्ट rest rest xले लो lē lō lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā], , , , बाकी bākī bākī|bākī (but|others)अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

525Now, simply take a rest every now and again. 526But otherwise, everything is fine.

400उमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmरखने rakhnē rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] keep[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmबढ़ता रहता है baṛhtā rahtā hai baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

527By your keeping zeal and enthusiasm, everyone else's zeal and enthusiasm also increases.

401सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyउड़ने uṛnē uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] fly[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butउड़ाने uṛānē uṛānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

528You are not one who is going to fly but one who will make others fly.

402सप्ताह saptāh saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] weekमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआधा ādhā ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] halfदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayया yā yā orएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayरेस्ट rest rest xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofरखो rakhō rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)आपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]शरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyबहुत bahut bahut veryमदद madad madad[n.f.;sg.] xदेगा dēgā dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] give[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

529Keep one day or half­a­day in a week for rest and your body will help you a great deal.

403कुछ kuchh kuchh anythingसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowरेस्ट rest rest xचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should. . . .

530You now need time for yourself.

404इतोने itōnē x xराइट हैण्ड right hand right hand[x] right handतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3], , , , सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allदेशों dēśhō̃ dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] landमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inराइट हैण्ड right hand right hand[x] right handहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

531So many right hands have been prepared; let them do everything.

405तो tō tō thenराइट हैण्ड right hand right hand[x] right handको kō kō[postp.] toकरने दो karnē dō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā]. . . .

532You do have right hands, do you not?

406सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyबैक baik x xबोन bōn x xरहो rahō rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

533There is a right hand in every country.

407पुराने purānē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] old­ ­ ­ ­पुराने purānē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] oldआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.रत्न ratna ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] jewelभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

534Let the right hands do everything. 535Simply remain a back­bone.

40820 20 20 20साल sāl sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

536Many old, original jewels have come.

409जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatपहली pahlī pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xबार bār bār[n.f.;sg.] timeआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

537Those who are twenty years or more, raise your hands.

410फर्स्ट first first[adj.] firstटाइम time time timeवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialमुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

538Fifteen to twenty years, raise your hands.

411अच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achcha­ ­ ­ ­अच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

539Ten to twelve years, raise your hands.

412अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowअमर amar amar[adj.] immortalभव bhav bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav (x|may you be)के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)वरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingको kō kō[postp.] toसदा sadā sadā constantlyसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withरखना rakhnā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . . 413ओम् शान्ति ōm śhānti ōm śhānti[x] Om Shanti. . . .

540Those who have come first time, raise your hands.

414 ( ( ( (बच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childने nē nē[postp.] ∅बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withशिव śhiv śhiv Shivaजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiमनाई manāī manānā[past-part.f.] celebrate[past-part.f.], , , , गीत gīt gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xगाये gāyē gānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sing[past-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , मोमबत्तियां mōmabattiyā̃ x xजलाई jalāī jalānā[past-part.f.] burn[past-part.f.], , , , केक cake cake cakeकाटी kāṭī kāṭnā[past-part.f.] bite[past-part.f.]. . . .

541Special congratulations to those who have come for the first time. 542Many good ones have come.

415बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅स्टेज stage stage stageपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)खड़े khaṛē khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] standingहोकर hōkar hōnā[abs.] be[abs.]अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownहस्तों hastō̃ hast[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहराया laharāyā laharānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hoist[past-part.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andसबको sabkō sabkō everythingबधाइयाँ badhāiyā̃ badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] greetingsदी dī|the dēnā[past-part.f.]|the (give[past-part.f.]|the)) ) ) )

543Now constantly keep the blessing of being immortal with you. 544Om Shanti.

416इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisझण्डे jhaṇḍē jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] flagको kō kō[postp.] toलहराने laharānē laharānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] hoist[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)सबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sदिलों dilō̃ dil[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] heartमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहरा रहे हैं laharā rahē haĩ laharānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] hoist[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]­ ­ ­ ­देखहर्षित dēkhaharṣit x xहो रहे हैं hō rahē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

545Flag hoisting:Before hoisting this flag, BapDada is happy to see the flag of love hoisted in everyone's heart.

417पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)सबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sदिलों dilō̃ dil[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] heartमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of, , , , सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisनिशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबकी sabkī sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] everyone's. . . .

546First, there is the flag of love and service in everyone's heart, and this is then the sign of all of you.

418सबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sखुशनुमः khuśhnumaḥ khuśhnumā[adj.] happyचेहरे chēhrē chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] faceसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inखुशियाँ khuśhiyā̃ khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] happinessलहरा रहे हैं laharā rahē haĩ laharānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] hoist[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

547The happy faces of all of you are bringing about happiness in the entire world.

419खुशियों khuśhiyō̃ khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] happinessके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)वायब्रेशन vibration vibration vibrationsचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजा रहे हैं jā rahē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

548Vibrations of happiness are being spread around in all four directions of the world.

420ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyसदा sadā sadā constantlyखुशियों khuśhiyō̃ khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] happinessके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)वायब्रेशन vibration vibration vibrationsदेते dētē dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalप्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣhatā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] revelationका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहराते laharātē laharānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hoist[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

549Continue to give vibrations of happiness at all times and let the flag of the practical glorification of BapDada constantly remain hoisted. 550Achcha.

421अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

551* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used